WO2013145966A1 - Absorbent article - Google Patents

Absorbent article Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013145966A1
WO2013145966A1 PCT/JP2013/054369 JP2013054369W WO2013145966A1 WO 2013145966 A1 WO2013145966 A1 WO 2013145966A1 JP 2013054369 W JP2013054369 W JP 2013054369W WO 2013145966 A1 WO2013145966 A1 WO 2013145966A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
acid
chain hydrocarbon
top sheet
absorbent article
blood
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/054369
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
竜也 田村
野田　祐樹
央 橋野
裕和 目黒
Original Assignee
ユニ・チャーム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ユニ・チャーム株式会社 filed Critical ユニ・チャーム株式会社
Priority to CN201380028095.1A priority Critical patent/CN104334134B/en
Publication of WO2013145966A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013145966A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A61F13/51104—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin the top sheet having a three-dimensional cross-section, e.g. corrugations, embossments, recesses or projections
    • A61F13/51108—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin the top sheet having a three-dimensional cross-section, e.g. corrugations, embossments, recesses or projections the top sheet having corrugations or embossments having one axis relatively longer than the other axis, e.g. forming channels or grooves in a longitudinal direction
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61F—FILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00—Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51—Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A61F13/51113—Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin comprising an additive, e.g. lotion or odour control
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L15/00—Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads
    • A61L15/16—Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons
    • A61L15/20—Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons containing organic materials
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61L—METHODS OR APPARATUS FOR STERILISING MATERIALS OR OBJECTS IN GENERAL; DISINFECTION, STERILISATION OR DEODORISATION OF AIR; CHEMICAL ASPECTS OF BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES; MATERIALS FOR BANDAGES, DRESSINGS, ABSORBENT PADS OR SURGICAL ARTICLES
    • A61L15/00—Chemical aspects of, or use of materials for, bandages, dressings or absorbent pads
    • A61L15/16—Bandages, dressings or absorbent pads for physiological fluids such as urine or blood, e.g. sanitary towels, tampons
    • A61L15/42—Use of materials characterised by their function or physical properties

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to absorbent articles such as sanitary napkins, panty liners, incontinence pads, incontinence liners and the like.
  • the absorbent article which applied the skin care composition to the top sheet of the main part is known as prior art (for example, patent documents 1).
  • An apertured formed film is used for the top sheet of the absorbent article.
  • the absorbent article is provided with a flap formed by extending the top sheet in the width direction.
  • the skin care composition applied to the top sheet of the main body is an open portion of the top sheet in the folded wing. May penetrate the wing through In this case, the penetration between the top sheet and the back sheet in the wing may be weakened by the infiltrated skin care composition, and the top sheet may peel off from the back sheet when the absorbent article is used for a long time.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an absorbent article in which the composition constituting the top sheet penetrates the wing when the wing is folded, thereby preventing the sheet constituting the wing from peeling off.
  • the present invention adopts the following configuration in order to solve the above-mentioned problems. That is, the present invention has a longitudinal direction and a width direction, and includes a main body portion and a pair of wing portions extending in the width direction from both side edges of the main body portion, and the main body portion is liquid permeable provided on the skin side
  • An absorbent article comprising: a non-woven non-woven top sheet, a liquid-impermeable back sheet provided on the clothing side, and a liquid-retaining absorbent provided between the top sheet and the back sheet,
  • the sheet is provided with a protrusion in the excretory opening contact area at least in contact with the wearer's excretory opening on the skin side surface, and the top sheet is a composition in which a predetermined composition is applied at least in the excretory opening contact area It further comprises an application area.
  • Another embodiment of the present invention has a longitudinal direction and a width direction, and includes a main body portion and a pair of wing portions extending in the width direction from both side edges of the main body portion, and the main body portion is liquid permeable provided on the skin side
  • An absorbent article comprising: a non-woven non-woven top sheet, a liquid-impermeable back sheet provided on the clothing side, and a liquid-retaining absorbent provided between the top sheet and the back sheet,
  • the compression section formed by embossing from the sheet to the inside of the absorber is provided at least in the excretory opening contact area on the skin side surface that abuts the excretory opening of the wearer, and the top sheet at least The area is provided with a composition application area to which a predetermined composition is applied.
  • FIG. 1 is a partially broken plan view of an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a cross section taken along line AA of FIG.
  • FIG. 3 is a view for explaining the projection and the recess of the top sheet in the absorbent article according to the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a figure for demonstrating the method to form a protrusion and a recessed part in a top sheet.
  • FIG. 5 is a view for explaining an absorbent article according to an embodiment of the present invention in which the wings are folded for packaging.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a package including the absorbent article of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a cross section taken along line DD of FIG.
  • FIG. 8 is a view for explaining the protrusion, the recess, and the opening of the top sheet in a modified example of the absorbent article according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a figure for demonstrating the method to form the opening part of the absorbent article modification of one Embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a view for explaining a protrusion of a top sheet in a modified example of the absorbent article of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a view for explaining the protrusion, the recess, and the opening of the top sheet in a modified example of the absorbent article according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a view for explaining a modified example of the absorbent article of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a figure for demonstrating the modification of the absorbent article of one Embodiment of this invention.
  • FIG. 14 is an electron micrograph of the skin contact surface of the top sheet in the sanitary napkin in which the top sheet contains avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride.
  • FIG. 15 is a photomicrograph of menstrual blood with or without a blood modifying agent.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a method of measuring surface tension.
  • FIG. 1 is a partially broken plan view of an absorbent article according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG.
  • the absorbent article 1 has a liquid-permeable top sheet 2 provided on the skin side (skin contact side), a liquid-impermeable back sheet 3 provided on the clothing side (non-skin contact side), and a top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3 are provided with a liquid-retaining absorbent body 4 and a body portion 10 provided with liquid-impermeable side sheets 5 provided on both sides in the width direction of the top sheet 2; It includes a pair of wing portions 6 provided with a side sheet 5 and a back sheet 3 extending in the width direction from both side edges.
  • symbol 61 shows the root of the wing part 6 (boundary between the main-body part 10 and the wing part 6).
  • a straight line connecting two points where the width of the absorbent article 1 suddenly increases on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the wing portion 6 can be regarded as the root 61 of the wing portion 6.
  • An adhesive portion 7 is provided on the surface of the wing portion 6 on the clothes side.
  • an adhesive portion 7 is provided on the surface of the main body portion 10 on the clothes side.
  • the width direction of the absorbent article 1 is the X direction
  • the longitudinal direction is the Y direction.
  • the plane direction of the absorbent article 1 is the XY direction.
  • the top sheet 2 of the main body 10 may be extended in the width direction without providing the side sheet 5, and the wing 6 may include the top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3.
  • the shape of the main body portion 10 is not particularly limited as long as it is a shape that conforms to the shape of a female body and an underwear, such as a rectangular shape, an oval shape, and an hourglass shape.
  • the longitudinal dimension in the outer shape of the main body 10 is preferably 100 to 500 mm, more preferably 150 to 350 mm. Further, the dimension in the width direction of the outer shape of the main body 10 is preferably 30 to 200 mm, more preferably 40 to 180 mm.
  • the top sheet 2 transfers body fluid such as urine and menstrual blood discharged from the wearer to the absorber 4.
  • the top sheet 2 is wholly or partially liquid-permeable, and the liquid-permeable area of the top sheet 2 is a liquid-permeable non-woven fabric, a woven fabric, a resin film having a large number of liquid-permeable holes, or a large number of meshes. It can be formed of a net-like sheet or the like.
  • the top sheet 2 is preferably made of non-woven fabric.
  • any of natural fibers and chemical fibers can be used.
  • natural fibers include cellulose such as ground pulp, cotton and the like.
  • chemical fibers include regenerated celluloses such as rayon and fibril rayon, semi-synthetic celluloses such as acetate and triacetate, thermoplastic hydrophobic chemical fibers, and thermoplastic hydrophobic chemical fibers subjected to hydrophilization treatment.
  • thermoplastic hydrophobic chemical fibers include single fibers such as polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene terephthalate (PET), fibers obtained by graft polymerization of PE and PP, and composite fibers such as a core-sheath structure.
  • PE polyethylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • fibers obtained by graft polymerization of PE and PP and composite fibers such as a core-sheath structure.
  • web forming is carried out by combining either a dry method (card method, spun bond method, meltblown method, air laid method, etc.) and a wet method, or a dry method and a wet method. It is also good.
  • a dry method card method, spun bond method, meltblown method, air laid method, etc.
  • a wet method dry method and a wet method. It is also good.
  • the method of bonding the web when producing the non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2 include methods such as thermal bonding, needle punch, chemical bonding and the like, but are not limited to these methods.
  • a spunlace formed in a sheet shape by a water flow entanglement method may be used for the top sheet 2.
  • fibers of non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2 composite fibers of core-sheath type, core-sheath eccentric type, or side-by-side type of different melting points of left and right components may be used.
  • hollow fibers, irregular fibers such as flat, Y-type and C-type, three-dimensional crimped fibers with latent crimp or apparent crimp, and split by physical load such as water flow, heat or embossing Fibers such as fibers may be mixed in the non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2.
  • the fineness of the non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2 is preferably 1.1 to 8.8 dtex.
  • hydrophobic synthetic fibers are used for the top sheet 2, in consideration of the liquid penetration and rewet of the top sheet 2, the hydrophilic agent, the water repellant, etc. are kneaded into the hydrophobic synthetic fibers, the hydrophilic agent or the water repellent
  • the hydrophobic synthetic fiber may be coated with a solution or the like.
  • the hydrophobic synthetic fiber may be rendered hydrophilic by corona treatment or plasma treatment.
  • the hydrophilic portion and the lipophilic portion coexist in the blood modifying agent application region 18 sparsely, and the hydrophilicity of the body fluid (for example, menstrual blood)
  • the sex component mainly plasma
  • the lipophilic component mainly blood cells
  • the non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2 may contain an inorganic filler such as titanium oxide, barium sulfate and calcium carbonate.
  • an inorganic filler such as titanium oxide, barium sulfate and calcium carbonate.
  • At least the discharge port contact area 16 of the top sheet 2 is provided with a blood modifier application area 18 to which a blood modifier described later is applied.
  • the length in the longitudinal direction centering on the position where it abuts on the excretory opening of the wearer's body fluid is preferably 50 to 200 mm, more preferably 70 to 150 mm.
  • the length in the width direction is preferably 10 to 80 mm, more preferably 20 to 50 mm.
  • the top sheet 2 extends in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) at least in the discharge port contact area 16, and the projection 21 and the recess are arranged in a direction intersecting the longitudinal direction (Y direction), for example, in the width direction (X direction) Having 22.
  • the protrusion 21 and the recessed part 22 provided in the top sheet 2 are demonstrated in detail.
  • FIG. 3 is an enlarged perspective view of the protrusion 21 and the recess 22 of the top sheet 2.
  • the direction in which the protrusion 21 and the recess 22 extend is not limited to the longitudinal direction as long as it is a predetermined direction.
  • the top sheet 2 extends in the longitudinal direction (Y direction), and a plurality of protrusions 21 aligned in a direction intersecting the longitudinal direction (Y direction), for example, in the width direction (X direction) And the recess 22.
  • the shape of the cross section of the protrusion 21 is, for example, a substantially U shape.
  • the substantially U-shape includes, in addition to the U-shape, a shape that becomes a U-shape when it is deformed such as rounding corners or changing a straight line into a curve.
  • the substantially U-shape also includes V-shape, M-shape and trapezoid.
  • the shape of the cross section of the protrusion 21 may be ⁇ .
  • the thickness of the thickest portion of the projection 21 is preferably 0.3 to 15 mm, more preferably 0.5 to 5 mm.
  • the length in the width direction (X direction) of the projection is preferably 0.5 to 30 mm, more preferably 1.0 to 10 mm.
  • the distance (pitch) between the apexes in the width direction (X direction) of the adjacent protrusions is preferably 0.5 to 30 mm, more preferably 3 to 10 mm.
  • the thickness of the thinnest portion of the recess 22 is preferably 1 to 50%, more preferably 5 to 20% of the thickness of the thickest portion of the protrusion 21.
  • the length in the width direction (X direction) of the recess 22 is preferably 0.1 to 30 mm, more preferably 0.5 to 10 mm.
  • the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 is preferably lower than the fiber density of the side 24 and / or the recess 22 of the projection 21.
  • the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 and the recess 22 is 0.005 to 0.20 g / cm 3 , preferably 0.007 to 0.07 g / cm 3 .
  • the fiber density of each place of the top sheet can be measured, for example, as follows. A top sheet having a predetermined machine direction (MD) length, in which the projection 21 and the recess 22 are formed, is sampled.
  • MD machine direction
  • a microscope photograph or the like is used to take a photomicrograph of a cross section in the width direction (CD) of the top sheet, and the cross section of the central portion of the protrusion 21 in the top sheet, the cross section of the side portion of the protrusion, and the recess Cross sectional area is measured using an image processor.
  • the top sheet is cooled using liquid nitrogen or the like, and the central portion, the sides of the projection, and the recess of the cooled top sheet are respectively separated from the top sheet. Then, the weights of the central portion of the separated protrusion, the side portion of the protrusion, and the recess are measured.
  • the central part of the projection of the top sheet Fiber density of the side of the protrusion and fiber density of the recess can be calculated.
  • the magnitude relationship between the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the protrusion 21 and the fiber density of the side portion 24 and / or the recess 22 of the protrusion 21 is from the density relationship of fibers of the cross section of the top sheet. It can be judged.
  • the fiber density code 25 indicates the fibers of the top sheet 2.
  • a method of forming the protrusion 21 and the recess 22 in the top sheet 2 will be described.
  • a web 120 from which the topsheet 2 is made is placed on the mesh support member 130 and moved in the machine direction (MD).
  • the web 120 moves between the blowout unit 140 and the suction unit 150.
  • the blowout unit 140 jets the gas 141 onto the web 120, and the suction unit 150 sucks the gas 141 jetted from the blowout unit 140.
  • the gas 141 jetted from the blowout unit 140 scrapes the fibers of the web 120.
  • the groove 122 corresponding to the recess 22 of the top sheet 2 is formed in the web 120.
  • the fibers scraped off by the gas 141 jetted from the blowout portion 140 gather on both sides of the groove 122.
  • the protrusions 121 corresponding to the protrusions 21 of the top sheet 2 are formed on both sides of the groove 122.
  • the mesh support member 130 is a mesh support having breathability.
  • polyester, polyphenylene sulfide, nylon, resinous threads such as conductive monofilaments, or metallic threads such as stainless steel, copper, aluminum, etc. are woven by plain weave, twill weave, satin weave, double weave, spiral weave, etc.
  • the breathable net can be used as the mesh support member 130.
  • the blowout unit 140 includes a plurality of blowout ports (not shown) arranged in the width direction.
  • the blowout unit 140 can inject the plurality of gases 141 aligned in the width direction (CD) onto the web 120.
  • the gas 141 injected from the blowout part 140 is, for example, normal temperature or heated nitrogen, air and water vapor.
  • the gas 141 jetted from the blowoff unit 140 may contain liquid or solid particles.
  • the fiber density of the side surface of the protrusion 121 is increased. Further, since the groove 122 receives the gas 141 ejected from the blowout portion 140 and the web is compressed, the fiber density in the groove 122 becomes high. On the other hand, at the central portion of the protrusion 121, although the scraped fibers gather, they are not compressed by the gas 141 ejected from the blowout portion 140, so the fiber density at the central portion of the protrusion 121 becomes low. Thus, the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 is lower than the fiber density of the side portion 24 and / or the recess 22 of the projection 21.
  • the back sheet 3 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 prevents the body fluid absorbed by the absorber 4 from leaking out.
  • the back sheet 3 is made of a material that is impermeable to body fluid.
  • a hydrophobic non-woven fabric an impermeable plastic film such as polyethylene and polypropylene or a laminate sheet of non-woven fabric and an impermeable plastic film, or the like is used.
  • a spunbond-meltblown-spunbond (SMS) fibrous nonwoven fabric may be used as the back sheet 3 in which a highly water-resistant meltblown nonwoven fabric is sandwiched by strong spunbond nonwoven fabrics.
  • SMS spunbond-meltblown-spunbond
  • the absorber 4 absorbs and holds the body fluid. It is preferable that the absorber 4 is bulky, hard to lose its shape, and less in chemical stimulation.
  • a composite absorbent made of fluff pulp or air-laid non-woven fabric and super absorbent polymer (SAP) is used as the absorbent 4.
  • SAP super absorbent polymer
  • the composite absorber may be covered with a liquid permeable material such as a tissue.
  • artificial cellulose fibers such as chemical pulp, cellulose fibers, rayon and acetate may be used.
  • the basis weight of the absorbent fiber such as pulp in the composite absorbent is preferably 100 g / m 2 or more and 800 g / m 2 or less, and the mass ratio of the superabsorbent polymer in the composite absorbent is the absorbency
  • the fiber content is preferably 100% to 10% to 65%.
  • the basis weight of a liquid-permeable material such as a tissue covering the composite mixture is preferably 12 g / m 2 or more and 30 g / m 2 or less.
  • the air-laid non-woven fabric of the composite mixture for example, a non-woven fabric in which pulp and synthetic fibers are heat-sealed or a non-woven fabric in which pulp and synthetic fibers are fixed with a binder can be used.
  • the superabsorbent polymer of the composite absorbent has a three-dimensional network structure in which a water-soluble polymer is appropriately crosslinked.
  • the absorbent polymer absorbs 30 to 60 times as much water as the volume of absorbent polymer before absorbing water.
  • this absorbable polymer is essentially water insoluble.
  • the absorbent polymer does not release the water once absorbed, even if some pressure is applied.
  • this absorbent polymer for example, starch-based, acrylic acid-based or amino acid-based particulate or fibrous polymers are used.
  • the shape and structure of the absorber 4 can be changed as needed, but the total amount of absorption of the absorber 4 needs to correspond to the designed insertion amount as the absorbent article 1 and the desired application.
  • the size, absorption capacity and the like of the absorber 4 change depending on the application.
  • Absorber 4 is bonded to top sheet 2 using a hot melt adhesive. Thereby, it can suppress that the top sheet 2 peels from the absorber 4. As shown in FIG.
  • the side sheets 5 prevent the body fluid from leaking outward in the width direction of the absorbent article 1 through the surface and / or the inside of the top sheet 2.
  • the side sheets 5 preferably have hydrophobicity or water repellency.
  • a spunbonded nonwoven fabric or an SMS nonwoven fabric is used for the side sheet 5.
  • an air through non-woven fabric capable of reducing rubbing irritation to the skin for the side sheet 5.
  • the absorbent article 1 may not have the side sheet 5.
  • the wing portion 6 is provided on the absorbent article 1 in order to stably fix the absorbent article 1 to the undergarment.
  • the absorbent article 1 can be stably fixed to the undergarment by bending the wing portion 6 to the outer surface side of the undergarment and then sticking it to the crotch region of the undergarment through the adhesive portion 7.
  • region of underwear it can suppress that the main-body part 10 shifts
  • the adhesive part 7 of the absorbent article 1 shown in FIG. 2 fixes the absorbent article 1 to the crotch area of the undergarment.
  • an adhesive which forms the adhesion part 7 what is a styrene-type polymer, a tackifier, and a plasticizer as a main component, for example is used suitably.
  • the styrene-based polymer include styrene-ethylene-butylene-styrene block copolymer, styrene-butylene polymer, styrene-butylene-styrene block copolymer, and styrene-isobutylene-styrene copolymer. Or a blend of two or more polymers.
  • styrene-ethylene-butylene-styrene block copolymer is preferable in that the thermal stability is good.
  • tackifier and the plasticizer those which are solid at normal temperature can be preferably used, and as the tackifier, for example, C5 petroleum resin, C9 petroleum resin, dicyclopentadiene petroleum resin, rosin petroleum resin And polyterpene resins, terpene phenol resins, etc.
  • the plasticizer include, in addition to monomer plasticizers such as triflecil phosphate, dibutyl phthalate and dioctyl phthalate, polymer plasticizers such as vinyl polymers and polyesters.
  • the top sheet 2 and the absorbent body 4 have compressed grooves 8 extending from the top sheet 2 to the inside of the absorbent body 4 which are formed by being compressed in the thickness direction by embossing.
  • the squeeze groove 8 suppresses the diffusion of the body fluid discharged to the central portion of the absorbent article 1 (the portion in contact with the excretory port of the wearer's body fluid) in the width direction (X direction). Moreover, it can suppress that the top sheet 2 peels from the absorber 4 by this.
  • the squeeze groove 8 surrounds the central portion of the absorbent article 1 and has a continuous, substantially annular shape.
  • the pressing groove 8 surrounding the center part of the absorbent article 1 may be partially disconnected. That is, the pressing groove 8 may have a discontinuous and substantially annular shape.
  • the compression bonding of the top sheet 2 to the back sheet 3 by heat embossing forms the seal portion 9 on the edge portions on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 10 and the edge portion on the width direction outer side of the wing portion 6 Ru.
  • the top sheet 2 can be prevented from peeling off from the back sheet 3.
  • the back sheet 3 and the side sheet 5 are joined at the seal portion 9 of the wing portion 6 by heat embossing. Thereby, the side sheet 5 can be prevented from coming off from the back sheet 3.
  • the blood modifying agent is about 0.00 to about 0.00 to about 100 g of water having a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less and an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60, and 100 g of water at 25 ° C. It has a water solubility of about 0.05 g.
  • IOB Inorganic Organic Balance
  • IOB value calculated by inorganic value / organic value.
  • the IOB is about 0.00 to about 0.60, preferably about 0.00 to about 0.50, and about 0.00 to about 0.40. More preferred is about 0 to about 0.30. This is because the lower the IOB, the higher the organicity and the higher the affinity to blood cells.
  • the "melting point” means the peak top temperature of an endothermic peak when changing from solid state to liquid state when measured at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min in a differential scanning calorimeter.
  • the melting point can be measured, for example, using a DSC-60 type DSC measurement apparatus manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation.
  • the blood modifying agent may be liquid or solid at room temperature as long as it has a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less, ie, even if the melting point is about 25 ° C. or more, or less than about 25 ° C. It may well have a melting point such as, for example, about -5.degree. C., about -20.degree. The reason why the melting point of the blood modifying agent is about 45 ° C. or less will be described later.
  • the vapor pressure of the blood modifying agent is preferably about 0.00 to about 0.01 Pa at 1 atm and 25 ° C., more preferably about 0.000 to about 0.001 Pa, and about 0 More preferably, it is from .0000 to about 0.0001 Pa.
  • the vapor pressure is preferably about 0.00 to about 0.01 Pa at 1 atm and 40 ° C., and about 0.000 to about 0.01 More preferably, it is about 0.001 Pa, and more preferably, about 0.0000 to about 0.0001 Pa. If the vapor pressure is high, it may be vaporized during storage, which may cause problems such as a decrease in the amount of blood modifying agent and an odor when worn.
  • the melting point of the blood modifying agent can be properly used depending on the weather, the length of wearing time, and the like. For example, in areas where the average temperature is less than about 10 ° C, menstrual blood may be excreted and then cooled by the ambient temperature by employing a blood modifying agent having a melting point of less than about 10 ° C. It is believed that blood modifying agents can stably modify blood.
  • the melting point of the blood modifying agent is preferably higher in the range of 45 ° C. or less. It is because it is hard to be affected by sweat, friction at the time of wearing, etc., and it is difficult for the blood modifying agent to move even when worn for a long time.
  • a water solubility of 0.00 to 0.05 g For a water solubility of 0.00 to 0.05 g, add a 0.05 g sample to 100 g deionized water at 25 ° C., allow to stand for 24 hours, and after 24 hours, lightly stir as needed, Then, it can be measured by visually evaluating whether the sample has dissolved.
  • dissolving includes cases where the sample is completely dissolved in deionized water to form a homogeneous mixture and cases where the sample is completely emulsified. "Complete” means that there is no clump of sample in deionized water.
  • the surface of the top sheet is coated with a surfactant for the purpose of changing blood surface tension and the like to rapidly absorb the blood.
  • the surfactant generally has high water solubility
  • the surfactant-coated top sheet is compatible with hydrophilic components (such as plasma) in the blood, rather the blood remains on the top sheet.
  • hydrophilic components such as plasma
  • solubility in 100 g of water at 25 ° C. may be simply referred to as “water solubility”.
  • the weight average molecular weight means a value in terms of polystyrene, which is determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • GPC measurement conditions include the following. Model: High-performance liquid chromatogram Lachrom Elite manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation Column: Showa Denko KK SHODEX KF-801, KF-803 and KF-804 Eluent: THF Flow rate: 1.0 mL / min Implanted volume: 100 ⁇ L Detection: RI (differential refractometer)
  • the weight average molecular weight described in the Example of this specification is measured based on the said conditions.
  • the above blood modifying agent is preferably selected from the following (i) to (iii), (I) Hydrocarbons, (Ii) from a carbonyl group (-CO-) and an oxy group (-O-) inserted between (ii-1) a hydrocarbon moiety and (ii-2) a C-C single bond of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon moiety
  • hydrocarbon means a compound consisting of carbon and hydrogen, and is a chain hydrocarbon, for example, paraffinic hydrocarbon (also referred to as alkane not containing double bond and triple bond) Olefinic hydrocarbons (containing one double bond, also called alkenes), acetylenic hydrocarbons (containing one triple bond, also called alkynes), and a group consisting of double bonds and triple bonds And hydrocarbons containing two or more bonds selected from, as well as cyclic hydrocarbons such as aromatic hydrocarbons and alicyclic hydrocarbons.
  • paraffinic hydrocarbon also referred to as alkane not containing double bond and triple bond
  • Olefinic hydrocarbons containing one double bond, also called alkenes
  • acetylenic hydrocarbons containing one triple bond, also called alkynes
  • hydrocarbons containing two or more bonds selected from, as well as cyclic hydrocarbons such as aromatic hydrocarbons and alicyclic hydrocarbons.
  • the hydrocarbon is preferably a chain hydrocarbon and an alicyclic hydrocarbon, more preferably a chain hydrocarbon, a paraffin hydrocarbon, an olefin hydrocarbon and two double bonds. It is more preferable that it is the hydrocarbon (it does not contain a triple bond) which contains above, and it is still more preferable that it is a paraffinic hydrocarbon.
  • the chained hydrocarbons include straight chained hydrocarbons and branched chained hydrocarbons.
  • each oxy group (—O—) is not adjacent. Accordingly, the compounds (ii) and (iii) do not include compounds in which the oxy group is continuous (so-called peroxides).
  • At least one hydrogen atom of the hydrocarbon moiety is a hydroxyl group (-) rather than a compound in which at least one hydrogen atom of the hydrocarbon moiety is substituted with a carboxyl group (-COOH).
  • Compounds substituted with OH) are preferred.
  • Table 1 since the carboxyl group binds to metals and the like in blood, and the inorganic value greatly increases from 150 to 400 or more, the blood modifying agent having a carboxyl group is used at the time of use This is because the IOB value may exceed about 0.60 and the affinity to blood cells may be reduced.
  • the above blood modifying agent comprises the following (i ') to (iii'), (I ') hydrocarbons, (Ii ') (ii'-1) a hydrocarbon moiety, and (ii'-2) a carbonyl bond (-CO-), an ester bond (-COO) inserted between a C-C single bond of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon moiety -), A compound having one or more same or different bonds selected from the group consisting of carbonate bond (-OCOO-), and ether bond (-O-), and (iii ') (iii'-) 1) Carbonyl bond (-CO-), ester bond (-COO-), carbonate bond (-OCOO) inserted between the hydrocarbon moiety and the C-C single bond of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon moiety (iii'-2) A carboxyl group (-), and one or more, same or different bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond (-O-) and (iii'
  • the blood modifying agent has about 1.8 or less carbonyl bonds (-CO-) and 2 or less ester bonds (-COO-) per 10 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon moiety. About 1.5 or less carbonate bond (-OCOO-), about 6 or less ether bond (-O-), about 0.8 or less carboxyl group (-COOH), and / or hydroxyl group (-OH) Or a compound having about 1.2 or less).
  • the above blood modifying agent is any of the following (A) to (F), (A) A compound having (A1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (A2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the above chain Ester with a compound having one carboxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety, (B) A compound having (B1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (B2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the above chain Ether with a compound having one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety, (C) a carboxylic acid, a hydroxy acid, an alkoxy acid or an oxo acid containing a (C1) linear hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 carboxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety; C2) an ester of a compound having a chain hydrocarbon moiety
  • a compound having (A1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (A2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the above chain Ester with a compound having one carboxyl group replacing hydrogen atoms in the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (A)”) has the above-mentioned IOB, melting point and water solubility And all hydroxyl groups may not be esterified.
  • (A1) a compound having a chain hydrocarbon portion and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the above chain hydrocarbon portion (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (A1)”)
  • chain hydrocarbon tetraols such as alkanetetraols such as pentaerythritol
  • chain hydrocarbon triols such as alkanetriols such as glycerin
  • chain hydrocarbon diols such as alkane diols such as Glycol is mentioned.
  • Examples of (A2) a compound having a chain hydrocarbon portion and one carboxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon portion include, for example, And compounds in which one hydrogen atom on a hydrocarbon is substituted with one carboxyl group (—COOH), such as fatty acid.
  • Examples of the compound (A) include an ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid, an ester of (a 2 ) chain hydrocarbon triol and at least one fatty acid, and (a 3 And esters of linear hydrocarbon diols and at least one fatty acid.
  • the ester of the above linear hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid may be, for example, the following formula (1): Tetraester of pentaerythritol with fatty acid, the following formula (2): Triester of pentaerythritol with fatty acid, the following formula (3): A diester of pentaerythritol with fatty acid, the following formula (4): And monoesters of fatty acid with pentaerythritol. (Wherein, R 1 to R 4 are each a chain hydrocarbon)
  • esters of pentaerythritol and fatty acids have the above IOB, melting point and water solubility
  • saturated fatty acids such as C 2 to C 30 saturated fatty acids, for example, acetic acid (C 2 ) (C 2 represents a carbon number, R 1 C, R 2 C, R 3 C or R 4 C, which corresponds to the carbon number of R 2 C, hereinafter the same), propanoic acid (C 3 ), butanoic acid (C 4 ) and isomers thereof, for example, 2-methylpropanoic acid (C 4) ), pentanoic acid (C 5) and isomers thereof such as 2-methylbutanoic acid (C 5), 2,2-dimethyl propanoic acid (C 5), hexanoic acid (C 6), heptanoic acid (C 7) Oct
  • the fatty acids can also be unsaturated fatty acids.
  • unsaturated fatty acids include C 3 -C 20 unsaturated fatty acids such as monounsaturated fatty acids such as crotonic acid (C 4 ), myristoleic acid (C 14 ), palmitoleic acid (C 16 ), Oleic acid (C 18 ), elaidic acid (C 18 ), vacenic acid (C 18 ), gadeuric acid (C 20 ), eicosenic acid (C 20 ), etc., diunsaturated fatty acids such as linoleic acid (C 18 ), Eicosadienoic acid (C 20 ) and the like, triunsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid, for example ⁇ -linolenic acid (C 18 ) and ⁇ -linolenic acid (C 18 ), pinolenic acid (C 18 ), eleostearic acid, For example, ⁇ -eleostearic acid (C 18
  • the ester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid is an ester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid derived from saturated fatty acid, that is, an ester of pentaerythritol and saturated fatty acid, in consideration of the possibility of modification by oxidation etc. preferable.
  • the ester of pentaerythritol and a fatty acid in order to make IOB small and make it more hydrophobic, it is preferable to be a diester, a triester or a tetraester, and a triester or a tetraester is more preferable. And tetra-esters are more preferred.
  • the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the tetraester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid that is, in the above formula (1), R 1 C, R 2 C, R 3 C and When the total number of carbons in the R 4 C portion is 15, the IOB is 0.60. Therefore, in the case of tetraester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total number of carbons is about 15 or more.
  • Examples of the tetraester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid include pentaerythritol, hexanoic acid (C 6 ), heptanoic acid (C 7 ), octanoic acid (C 8 ), for example, 2-ethylhexanoic acid (C 8 ), These include tetraesters with nonanoic acid (C 9 ), decanoic acid (C 10 ) and / or dodecanoic acid (C 12 ).
  • the total carbon number of the fatty acid constituting the triester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid that is, the R 1 C, R 2 C and R 3 C moieties in the above formula (2)
  • the IOB is 0.58 when the sum of the carbon numbers of these is 19. Therefore, in the case of the triester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of fatty acid is about 19 or more.
  • the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the diester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid that is, the total carbon number of R 1 C and R 2 C in the above formula (3) is In the case of 22, the IOB is 0.59. Accordingly, in the diester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of fatty acid is about 22 or more.
  • esters of pentaerythritol and fatty acid examples include Unistar H-408 BRS, H-2408 BRS-22 (mixed product), etc. (all manufactured by NOF Corporation).
  • the ester of the above linear hydrocarbon triol and at least one fatty acid may be, for example, the following formula (5): Triester of glycerin and fatty acid, the following formula (6): A diester of glycerin and a fatty acid, and the following formula (7): (Wherein, each of R 5 to R 7 is a chain hydrocarbon) And monoesters of glycerin and fatty acids.
  • fatty acids (R 5 COOH, R 6 COOH and R 7 COOH) constituting the ester of glycerin and fatty acid if the ester of glycerin and fatty acid satisfies the requirements of the above IOB, melting point and water solubility
  • the fatty acids listed in the “ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid” are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include saturated fatty acids and unsaturated fatty acids, which are modified by oxidation etc. In consideration of the possibility of doing so, an ester of glycerin and a fatty acid derived from a saturated fatty acid, that is, an ester of glycerin and a saturated fatty acid is preferable.
  • ester of glycerol and a fatty acid in order to make IOB small and to make it more hydrophobic, it is preferable that it is diester or triester, and it is more preferable that it is triester.
  • triester of glycerin and fatty acid is also referred to as triglyceride, for example, triester of glycerin and octanoic acid (C 8 ), triester of glycerin and decanoic acid (C 10 ), glycerin and dodecanoic acid (C 12 And triesters of glycerin with two or three fatty acids, and mixtures thereof.
  • Examples of the triester of the above glycerin and two or more fatty acids include triester of glycerin and octanoic acid (C 8 ) and decanoic acid (C 10 ), glycerin, octanoic acid (C 8 ), decane Acid (C 10 ) and triester with dodecanoic acid (C 12 ), glycerin and octanoic acid (C 8 ), decanoic acid (C 10 ), dodecanoic acid (C 12 ), tetradecanoic acid (C 14 ), hexadecanoic acid Examples thereof include triesters with (C 16 ) and octadecanoic acid (C 18 ).
  • the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the triester of glycerin and fatty acid ie, R 5 C in the formula (5)
  • the sum of the carbon numbers of the R 6 C and R 7 C moieties is about 40 or less.
  • the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the triester of glycerin and fatty acid that is, in the formula (5), the R 5 C, R 6 C and R 7 C moieties
  • the IOB is 0.60. Therefore, in the above-mentioned triesters of glycerin and fatty acid, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of fatty acid is about 12 or more.
  • the above-mentioned triester of glycerin and a fatty acid is a so-called fat and is a component that can constitute the human body, and thus is preferable from the viewpoint of safety.
  • tricotic oil fatty acid glyceride NA36
  • PANACET 800 PANACET 800B
  • PANACET 810S avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride and triCL oil fatty acid glyceride (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) Etc.).
  • the above-mentioned diester of glycerin and fatty acid is also referred to as diglyceride, for example, a diester of glycerin and decanoic acid (C 10 ), a diester of glycerin and dodecanoic acid (C 12 ), and glycerin and hexadecanoic acid (C 16 ) Included are diesters and diesters of glycerin with two fatty acids, and mixtures thereof.
  • the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the diester of glycerin and fatty acid ie, the case where the total carbon number of R 5 C and R 6 C moieties in the formula (6) is 16
  • the IOB is 0.58. Therefore, in the case of the diester of glycerin and fatty acid, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of fatty acid is about 16 or more.
  • the monoester of glycerin and fatty acid is also referred to as monoglyceride, and examples thereof include icosanoic acid (C 20 ) monoester of glycerin, docosanoic acid (C 22 ) monoester of glycerin and the like.
  • the carbon number of fatty acid constituting the monoester of glycerin and fatty acid that is, in the formula (7), the IOB is 0.59 when the carbon number of the R 5 C portion is 19 It becomes. Therefore, in the monoester of glycerin and fatty acid, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the carbon number of the fatty acid is about 19 or more.
  • esters of the above linear hydrocarbon diol and at least one fatty acid include C 2 to C 6 linear hydrocarbon diols, such as C 2 to C 6 glycols, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene And mono- or diesters of glycol, pentylene glycol or hexylene glycol with fatty acids.
  • ester of the above linear hydrocarbon diol and at least one fatty acid for example, the following formula (8): R 8 COOC k H 2k OCOR 9 (8) (Wherein k is an integer of 2 to 6 and R 8 and R 9 are each a chain hydrocarbon) A diester of a C 2 -C 6 glycol with a fatty acid, and the following formula (9): R 8 COOC k H 2k OH (9) (Wherein k is an integer of 2 to 6 and R 8 is a chain hydrocarbon) And monoesters of fatty acid with C 2 -C 6 glycol.
  • ester of C 2 to C 6 glycol and fatty acid as the fatty acid to be esterified (corresponding to R 8 COOH and R 9 COOH in the formula (8) and the formula (9)), C 2 to C 6 glycol
  • ester of fatty acid with the fatty acid provided that it satisfies the requirements of the above IOB, melting point and water solubility, for example, "ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol with at least one fatty acid"
  • the ester of a C 2 ⁇ C 6 glycols and fatty acid in view of the potential for degradation by oxidation and the like, derived from saturated fatty acids, esters of C 2 ⁇ C 6 glycols and fatty acid, Nachi Suwa, C 2 It is preferably an ester of a -C 6 glycol and a saturated fatty acid.
  • ester of C 2 -C 6 glycol and fatty acid an ester of glycol and fatty acid derived from glycol having a large number of carbon atoms, for example, butylene glycol, in order to make IOB small and make it more hydrophobic. It is preferable that it is an ester of a glycol derived from pentylene glycol or hexylene glycol and a fatty acid.
  • ester of C 2 -C 6 glycol and fatty acid a diester is preferable in order to make IOB small and to make it more hydrophobic.
  • examples of commercial products of the ester of C 2 -C 6 glycol and fatty acid include Commol BL, Commol BS (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like.
  • (B) a compound having a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (B2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and Ether with compound having one hydroxyl group replacing hydrogen atom of linear hydrocarbon moiety
  • (B) A compound having (B1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (B2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the above chain Ether with a compound having one hydroxyl group replacing hydrogen atoms in the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (B)”) has the above-mentioned IOB, melting point and water solubility And all hydroxyl groups may not be etherified.
  • Examples of the compound having (B1) a chain hydrocarbon portion and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atoms of the above chain hydrocarbon portion are listed as the compound (A1) in the “compound (A)”.
  • Examples of (B2) a compound having a linear hydrocarbon moiety and one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety include, for example, A compound in which one hydrogen atom of hydrocarbon is substituted with one hydroxyl group (—OH), for example, aliphatic monohydric alcohol such as saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol and unsaturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol Can be mentioned.
  • saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol for example, a C 1 to C 20 saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol, for example, methyl alcohol (C 1 ) (C 1 represents a carbon number, the same applies hereinafter), ethyl alcohol C 2 ), propyl alcohol (C 3 ) and its isomers, such as isopropyl alcohol (C 3 ), butyl alcohol (C 4 ) and its isomers, such as sec-butyl alcohol (C 4 ) and tert-butyl alcohol (C 4 ), pentyl alcohol (C 5 ), hexyl alcohol (C 6 ), heptyl alcohol (C 7 ), octyl alcohol (C 8 ) and isomers thereof, such as 2-ethylhexyl alcohol (C 8 ), nonyl alcohol (C 9 ), decyl alcohol (C 10 ), dodecyl alcohol (C 12 ), tetradecyl al Call (C 14), hexadect
  • an ether of (b 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol for example, monoether, diether, triether and tetraether, preferably diether, triether Ethers and tetraethers, more preferably triethers and tetraethers, and even more preferably tetraethers, ethers of (b 2 ) chain hydrocarbon triols and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, such as monoethers, diethers and the like triether, preferably diethers and triethers and more preferably tri-ether, and (b 3) a chain hydrocarbon diol and at least one aliphatic monohydric ether alcohols, for example, mono- and diethers and, Mashiku diethers.
  • Examples of the ether of the above linear hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol include the following formulas (10) to (13): (Wherein, each of R 10 to R 13 is a chain hydrocarbon). And tetraethers of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohols, triethers, diethers and monoethers.
  • Examples of the ether of the above linear hydrocarbon triol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol include the following formulas (14) to (16): (Wherein, R 14 to R 16 are each a chain hydrocarbon). And triethers of glycerol and aliphatic monohydric alcohols, diethers and monoethers.
  • R 17 OC n H 2n OR 18 (Wherein n is an integer of 2 to 6 and R 17 and R 18 are each a chain hydrocarbon) Diethers of C 2 -C 6 glycols and aliphatic monohydric alcohols, and the following formula (18): R 17 OC n H 2n OH (18) (Wherein n is an integer of 2 to 6 and R 17 is a chain hydrocarbon) And monoethers of C 2 -C 6 glycols and aliphatic monohydric alcohols.
  • the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the tetraether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol that is, in the above formula (10)
  • the IOB is 0.44. Therefore, in the above tetraether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, IOB is required to be about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 4 or more. Fulfill.
  • the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting triether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol ie, in the above formula (11)
  • the IOB is 0.57. Therefore, in the above triether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, IOB is required to be about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 9 or more. Fulfill.
  • the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohols constituting the diether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol that is, R 10 in the above formula (12)
  • the IOB is 0.60 when the sum of the carbon numbers of the and R 11 moieties is 15. Therefore, in the diether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 15 or more. .
  • the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the monoether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol that is, R 10 in the above formula (13)
  • the IOB is 0.59. Therefore, in the monoether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 22 or more.
  • the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting triether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol that is, R in the formula (14)
  • the IOB is 0.50. Therefore, in the above triether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 3 or more. .
  • the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohols constituting the diether of glycerin and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol that is, in the formula (15), R 14 and R 15
  • the IOB is 0.58. Therefore, in the diether of glycerin and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 9 or more.
  • the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the monoether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol that is, the carbon of R 14 in the formula (16)
  • the IOB is 0.58. Therefore, in the monoether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 16 or more.
  • the compound (B) can be produced by dehydration condensation of the compound (B1) and the compound (B2) in the presence of an acid catalyst.
  • compound C1 a linear hydrocarbon moiety and a carboxylic acid, a hydroxy acid, an alkoxy acid or an oxo acid containing 2 to 4 carboxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety
  • compound C1 may be, for example, a linear hydrocarbon carboxylic acid having 2 to 4 carboxyl groups, such as a linear hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid, such as an alkane dicarboxylic acid, such as ethanedioic acid.
  • a linear hydrocarbon hydroxy acid having 2 to 4 carboxyl groups for example, a linear chain having 2 to 4 carboxyl groups, such as malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, isocitric acid, etc.
  • Hydrocarbon alkoxy acids such as O-acetyl citric acid, and linear hydrocarbon oxo acids having 2 to 4 carboxyl groups are included.
  • Examples of the compound having a (C2) linear hydrocarbon moiety and one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety include those listed in the “compound (B)”, for example, Aliphatic monohydric alcohols are mentioned.
  • an ester of a linear hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid having 4 carboxyl groups (c 1 ), a hydroxy acid, an alkoxy acid or an oxo acid, and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol for example, Mono-, di-, tri- and tetra-esters, preferably diesters, tri- and tetra-esters, more preferably tri- and tetra-esters, and still more preferably tetra-esters, chained with 3 (c 2 ) carboxyl groups
  • Esters of hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acids, hydroxy acids, alkoxy acids or oxo acids with at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol such as monoesters, diesters and triesters, preferably diesters and triesters, and more preferably triesters Ester
  • aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the above ether corresponding to R 19 OH and R 20 OH in the formula (19)
  • the above ether satisfies the requirements of the above IOB, melting point and water solubility It is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aliphatic monohydric alcohols listed in the “compound (B)” section.
  • the total carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the ether that is, the carbon number of the R 19 and R 20 moieties in the above formula (19) Since the IOB is 0.50 when the sum of the two is 2, the requirement of the above IOB is satisfied if the total carbon number is about 2 or more. However, when the total carbon number is about 6, the water solubility is as high as about 2 g, and there is also a problem from the viewpoint of the vapor pressure. In order to satisfy the requirement of water solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g, the total carbon number is preferably about 8 or more.
  • dialkyl ketone [(D 2 ) dialkyl ketone]
  • dialkyl ketone following Formula (20): R 21 COR 22 (20) (Wherein, each of R 21 and R 22 is an alkyl group) And compounds having the formula:
  • the total carbon number is preferably about 8 or more. Also, in consideration of the vapor pressure, the carbon number is preferably about 10 or more, and preferably about 12 or more.
  • the melting point is about ⁇ 50 ° C.
  • the vapor pressure is about 230 Pa at 20 ° C.
  • the above-mentioned dialkyl ketone is commercially available and can be obtained by a known method, for example, oxidation of a secondary alcohol with chromic acid or the like.
  • Examples of the fatty acid (corresponding to R 23 COOH in the formula (21)) constituting the above-mentioned ester are listed, for example, in “ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol with at least one fatty acid”.
  • a fatty acid that is, a saturated fatty acid or an unsaturated fatty acid is mentioned, and considering the possibility of modification by oxidation etc., a saturated fatty acid is preferred.
  • the aliphatic monohydric alcohol (corresponding to R 24 OH in the formula (21)) constituting the above-mentioned ester include, for example, aliphatic monohydric alcohols listed in the “compound (B)” section.
  • the sum of carbon number of fatty acid and aliphatic monohydric alcohol that is, the sum of carbon number of R 23 C and R 24 in the formula (21) is 5
  • the IOB is 0.60
  • the requirements of the above IOB are satisfied when the total carbon number of the R 23 C and R 24 moieties is about 5 or more.
  • the vapor pressure is as high as 2,000 Pa or more. Therefore, in consideration of the vapor pressure, the total carbon number is preferably about 12 or more. If the total carbon number is about 11 or more, the water solubility can satisfy the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g.
  • esters of the above fatty acids with aliphatic monohydric alcohols include, for example, esters of dodecanoic acid (C 12 ), dodecyl alcohol (C 12 ), tetradecanoic acid (C 14 ), and dodecyl alcohol (C 12 )
  • esters of fatty acids and aliphatic monohydric alcohols include Electol WE 20 and Electol WE 40 (all manufactured by NOF Corporation).
  • the total carbon number of R 25 and R 26 is preferably about 7 or more, and more preferably about 9 or more.
  • the above dialkyl carbonate is commercially available, and can be synthesized by the reaction of phosgene with alcohol, the reaction of formic acid chloride ester with alcohol or alcoholate, and the reaction of silver carbonate with alkyl iodide.
  • Examples of the above-mentioned polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol or ester or ether thereof include (e 1 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol, (e 2 ) polyoxy C An ester of a 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol with at least one fatty acid, an ether of (e 3 ) polyoxy C 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, (e 4 ) polyoxy C 2 to C 6 An ester of an alkylene glycol with a linear hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid, a linear hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid, or a linear hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid, and (e 5 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol, with a linear hydrocarbon tetra And ethers with linear hydro
  • oxy C 2 ⁇ C 6 alkylene backbone from the viewpoint of lowering the polyoxy C 2 ⁇ C 6 IOB of alkylene glycols, polyoxypropylene skeleton, oxybutylene skeleton, it is oxypentylene skeleton, or an oxy hexylene skeleton preferably More preferably, they are an oxybutylene skeleton, an oxypentylene skeleton, or an oxyhexylene skeleton.
  • the above polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol has the following formula (23): HO- (C m H 2m O) n -H (23) (In the formula, m is an integer of 2 to 6) Can be represented by
  • homopolymers of formula (23) may include homopolymers of propylene glycol, butylene glycol, pentylene glycol or hexylene glycol. From the above, in the formula (23), m is about 3 to about 6, and more preferably about 4 to about 6, and n is 2 or more.
  • n the poly C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol has an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60, a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less, and 100 g of water at 25 ° C. It is a value that has a water solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol is preferably about 200 to about 10,000, more preferably about 250 to about 8,000, and more preferably It is in the range of about 250 to about 5,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the poly C 3 alkylene glycol, ie, polypropylene glycol is preferably about 1,000 to about 10,000, more preferably about 3,000 to about 8 And more preferably in the range of about 4,000 to about 5,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is less than about 1,000, the water solubility does not satisfy the requirements, and the larger the weight average molecular weight, the more the absorber transfer rate and the top sheet whiteness tend to be improved.
  • Examples of commercial products of polyoxy C 2 ⁇ C 6 alkylene glycol e.g., UNIOL (TM) D-1000, D-1200 , D-2000, D-3000, D-4000, PB-500, PB-700, PB -1000 and PB-2000 (manufactured by NOF Corporation).
  • UNIOL TM
  • D-1000, D-1200 , D-2000, D-3000, D-4000, PB-500, PB-700, PB -1000 and PB-2000 manufactured by NOF Corporation.
  • ester of (e 2 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with at least one fatty acid is the OH terminal of the polyoxy C 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol described in the section “(e 1 ) polyoxy C 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol”.
  • fatty acids ie, monoesters and diesters.
  • the fatty acid to be esterified is, for example, listed in “ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid”.
  • Fatty acids that is, saturated fatty acids or unsaturated fatty acids, and in view of the possibility of modification by oxidation etc., saturated fatty acids are preferred.
  • Examples of commercially available esters of the polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and fatty acid include Wilbright cp 9 (manufactured by NOF Corporation).
  • aliphatic monohydric alcohols to be etherified in the ether of polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol include, for example, aliphatics listed in the “compound (B)” section. Monohydric alcohol is mentioned.
  • esters of the above polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with chain hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid, chain hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid, or chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid are commercially available, and chain hydrocarbon tetracarbons are also commercially available. It can be produced by polycondensation of C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with an acid, linear hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid or linear hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid under known conditions.
  • chain hydrocarbon tetraol to be etherified the chain hydrocarbon triol, and the chain hydrocarbon diol, those described in the “compound (A)” section, for example, pentaerythritol, glycerin and glycol Can be mentioned.
  • ethers of the above polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol, or chain hydrocarbon diol are, for example, UnilobeTM 5TP-300 KB, and Uniol (trademark) TG-3000 and TG-4000 (made by NOF Corporation) can be mentioned.
  • Unilube (TM) 5TP-300KB is a compound obtained by polycondensation of 65 moles of propylene glycol and 5 moles of ethylene glycol with 1 mole of pentaerythritol, and its IOB is 0.39, and the melting point is less than 45 ° C. And the water solubility was less than 0.05 g.
  • Uniol (TM) TG-3000 is a compound obtained by polycondensing 50 moles of propylene glycol with 1 mole of glycerin, its IOB is 0.42, its melting point is less than 45 ° C, and its water solubility is 0.05 g And the weight average molecular weight was about 3,000.
  • Uniol (TM) TG-4000 is a compound obtained by polycondensing 70 moles of propylene glycol with 1 mole of glycerin, its IOB is 0.40, melting point is less than 45 ° C., and water solubility is 0.05 g And the weight average molecular weight was about 4,000.
  • the ether of the polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and the chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol or chain hydrocarbon diol is also a chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol or It can be produced by adding a C 2 -C 6 alkylene oxide to a linear hydrocarbon diol under known conditions.
  • the chain hydrocarbon has an IOB of 0.00 and an aqueous solubility of almost 0 g because the inorganic value is 0, and the blood has a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less. It may be included in the modifier.
  • Examples of the chain hydrocarbon include (f 1 ) chain alkanes such as straight chain alkanes and branched chain alkanes, and in the case of straight chain alkanes, for example, the melting point is about 45 ° C. or less In general, those containing 22 or less carbon atoms are included. Also, in consideration of the vapor pressure, those having 13 or more carbon atoms are generally included.
  • the blood modifying agent has been found to at least have the effect of reducing blood viscosity and surface tension. Since the menstrual blood to be absorbed by the absorbent article contains proteins such as the endometrial wall as compared with normal blood, they act to connect the blood cells to each other, and the blood cells are in a continuous state. Cheap. Therefore, the menstrual blood to be absorbed by the absorbent article tends to have a high viscosity, and when the top sheet is a non-woven fabric or a woven fabric, menstrual blood tends to be clogged between fibers, and the wearer feels sticky. And it spreads and leaks on the surface of the top sheet.
  • a blood modifying agent having an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60 is highly organic and easily enters between blood cells, thereby stabilizing the blood cells and making it difficult for the blood cells to form a continuous structure. It is thought that can be done. It is considered that the absorber makes it easy to absorb menstrual blood by stabilizing the blood cells and making the blood cells less likely to form a continuous structure.
  • the so-called SAP when menstrual blood is absorbed, blood cells that have undergone continuous change cover the SAP surface, making it difficult for the SAP to exhibit its absorption performance.
  • SAP By stabilizing blood cells, it is considered that SAP can more easily exhibit absorption performance.
  • the blood modifying agent having high affinity for red blood cells protects the red blood cell membrane, so that the red blood cells are less likely to be destroyed.
  • the coating weight of the blood modifying agent on the top sheet 2 is preferably 1 to 30 g / m 2 , more preferably 3 to 10 g / m 2 .
  • the coating weight of the blood modifying agent is smaller than 1 g / m 2 , it may be difficult to stably apply the blood modifying agent to the top sheet 2, and the coating weight of the blood modifying agent is 30 g / m. If it is larger than m 2 , the top sheet 2 may be slimy.
  • the blood modifier is heated to a desired temperature and then applied to the top sheet 2 using a contact coater such as a slot coater or a noncontact coater such as a spray coater, a curtain coater, or a spiral coater. From the point of being able to uniformly disperse the droplet-like blood modifying agent in the blood modifying agent application region 8 and from the point of not damaging the top sheet 2, the non-contact coater is used to use the non-contact coater It is preferable to apply to 2.
  • a contact coater such as a slot coater or a noncontact coater such as a spray coater, a curtain coater, or a spiral coater.
  • the blood modifying agent may be applied to the non-woven fabric when making the non-woven fabric for the top sheet.
  • a blood modifying agent may be applied to the top sheet 2 in the manufacturing process of the absorbent article 1.
  • the blood modifying agent is used as the top sheet in a process close to the completion of the absorbent article 1. It is preferable to apply to 2.
  • a blood modifying agent may be applied to the top sheet 2 immediately before the step of packaging the absorbent article 1.
  • FIG. 5 is a view for explaining the absorbent article 1 in which the wing portion 6 is folded for packaging.
  • a pair of wing part 6 is folded inside in the width direction.
  • the adhesive portion 7 is covered by a release sheet 33.
  • the release sheet 33 is not particularly limited as long as it is a sheet that can be released to the adhesive of the adhesive unit 7.
  • the release sheet 33 for example, one obtained by applying a release agent to a substrate can be used.
  • the substrate to which the release agent is applied include films of polypropylene, low density polyethylene, polyvinyl alcohol and the like, nonwoven fabrics, paper and the like, and examples of the release agent include silicones, fluorines and isocyanates.
  • FIG. 5 when the absorbent article 1 is packaged, the absorbent article 1 in which the wing portion 6 is folded is placed on the packaging material 31.
  • the packaging material 31 is, for example, a non-woven fabric or a resin film.
  • a fastening tape 32 is provided at an end of the packaging material 31 in the longitudinal direction.
  • the absorbent article 1 disposed on the packaging material 31 is folded along with the packaging material 31 in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) along the lines BB and CC.
  • the fastening tape 32 is then used to maintain the absorbent article 1 in a folded state.
  • both sides 31 a in the width direction of the packaging material 31 folded together with the absorbent article 1 are joined by heat embossing.
  • FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a package 30 including an absorbent article.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a cross section taken along line DD of FIG.
  • the side sheet 5 in the wing 6 when the wing 6 is folded contacts the blood modifier application region 18 (see FIG. 1) of the top sheet 2. Since the blood modifying agent application region 18 is coated with the blood modifying agent, the top sheet 2 in the wing portion 6 comes in contact with the blood modifying agent. However, the contact area between the side sheet 5 in the wing portion 6 and the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2 is reduced by the protrusion 21 of the top sheet 2.
  • the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 is lower than the fiber density of the side 24 and / or the recess 22 of the projection 21 (see FIG. 3).
  • the blood modifying agent applied to the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2 tends to be collected at a place where the fiber density of the top sheet 2 is high.
  • the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the protrusion 21 in contact with the wing portion 6 is lower than that of the side portion of the protrusion 21 and the recess 22. Agents do not collect much.
  • the amount of blood modifying agent transferred to the wing portion 6 is further reduced by lowering the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 as compared with the fiber density of the side portion 24 of the projection 21 and / or the recess 22 It can be done.
  • the absorbent article 1 can be modified as follows.
  • the opening 26A may be formed in the recess 22A of the top sheet 2A.
  • FIG. 8A is an enlarged perspective view of a protrusion, a recess, and an opening formed on the top sheet 2.
  • FIG. 8B is an enlarged view of the protrusion, the recess, and the opening formed on the top sheet 2.
  • the fiber density of the side surface of the opening 26A is preferably higher than the fiber density of the central portion 23A of the protrusion 21A.
  • a large amount of blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet gathers around the opening 26A formed in the recess 22A, so that the central portion 23 of the protrusion 21 in contact with the wing 6 is modified with blood. Many agents do not collect. Therefore, by making the fiber density of the side surface of the opening 26A higher than the fiber density of the central portion 23A of the projection 21A, the amount of blood modifying agent transferred to the wing 6 when the wing 6 is folded is reduced. It can be done. As a result, the blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet 2A penetrates the wing portion 6 to suppress peeling of the side sheet 5 constituting the wing portion 6 from the back sheet 3.
  • the top sheet 2A is provided by providing the mesh support member 130 with a plurality of elongated members 160 extending in the width direction (CD) and aligned in the machine direction (MD) and not having air permeability.
  • the opening 26A can be formed in the recess 22A. Since the gas 141 jetted from the blowout part 140 passes through the mesh-like support member 130 in the portion where the elongated member 160 of the mesh-like support member 130 is not provided, the fibers of the web 120 can be formed to the extent that the groove 122 can be formed in the web 120 Are separated.
  • the gas 141 injected from the blowout portion 140 does not pass through the reticular support member 130 and stops at the elongated member 160.
  • the openings can be formed in the web 120, they are scraped off strongly.
  • the opening 26A is formed in the recess 22A of the top sheet 2A. Since scraped fibers are densely packed on the side face of the opening 26A, the fiber density on the side face of the opening 26A is high.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic perspective view of a modification of the top sheet.
  • the opening 26C may be formed in the recess 22C of the top sheet 2C in which the protrusion 21C and the recess 22C are formed by bending the nonwoven fabric in a wave shape.
  • FIG.11 (a) is a schematic perspective view of the modification of a top sheet
  • FIG.11 (b) is a schematic plan view of the modification of a top sheet.
  • a projection roll having a plurality of projections in a needle shape, a cylindrical shape, and a conical shape on the outer peripheral surface
  • an anvil roll having a recess on the outer peripheral surface that engages with the projection at a position corresponding to the projections of the projection roll.
  • a top sheet having the opening 26C formed in the recess 22C can be manufactured by passing the non-woven fabric folded in a wave shape between them.
  • the openings 26C are formed by the projections of the projection rolls penetrating the non-woven fabric, so that pressure is applied to the side surfaces of the openings 26C when the openings 26C are formed. Therefore, the fiber density of the side surface of the opening 26C is higher than the fiber density of the central portion 23C of the protrusion 21C. Therefore, since the blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet 2C gathers on the side surface of the opening 26C of the recess 22C of the top sheet 2C, the amount of the blood modifying agent transferred to the wing 6 when the wing 6 is folded. Can be reduced. Thereby, when the blood modifier applied to top sheet 2C penetrates to wing part 6, it can control that side sheet 5 which constitutes wing part 6 exfoliates from back sheet 3.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an absorbent article 1D corresponding to the line AA of FIG.
  • the compression part 8D formed in the absorbent article 1D may be a linear compression part or a point-like compression part. Compression part 8D can be formed in absorptive article 1D, for example by embossing.
  • the compression section 8D is formed by compressing the top sheet 2D and the absorber 4D in the thickness direction, the density of the top sheet 2D and the absorber 4D near the bottom of the compression section 8D is high. For this reason, the blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet 2D gathers toward the bottom of the compression unit 8D. Therefore, when the wing 6 is folded, the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2 starts from the wing 6 The amount of blood modifying agent to be transferred to can be further reduced. Thereby, when the blood modifier applied to top sheet 2D penetrates into wing part 6, it can control that side sheet 5 which constitutes wing part 6 exfoliates from back sheet 3.
  • the compression section 8D When forming the compression section 8D, if the top sheet 2D of the compression section 8D is formed into a film, the blood modifying agent does not permeate into the top sheet 2D, so the top sheet 2D in the compression section 8D is not formed into a film Is preferred.
  • the projection formed on the blood modifier application area 18 of the top sheet 2 is the above-mentioned.
  • the projections of may be provided in the blood modifier application region 18 of the top sheet 2.
  • protrusions extending in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) or the width direction (X direction) in a wavelike form may be provided in the blood modifier application region 18 of the top sheet 2.
  • a protrusion having a shape of a cylinder, a prism, a hemisphere, or the like may be provided in the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2.
  • a protrusion may be formed on the side sheet 5.
  • the side sheet 5E may be provided with the longitudinally extending protrusion 51 formed by bending in a wave shape.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the absorbent article 1E corresponding to the line AA of FIG. If it can do, the protrusion formed in the blood modifier application area 18 of the top sheet 2 is not limited to the above-mentioned protrusion. In addition, you may provide the protrusion extended in the width direction in a side seat.
  • the side sheet with the protrusion extended in a longitudinal direction or the width direction in a wavelike form.
  • a protrusion having a shape of a cylinder, a prism, a hemisphere, or the like may be provided on the side sheet.
  • the composition to be applied to the top sheet is not limited to the blood modifier as long as it is a predetermined composition.
  • a lotion for preventing rough skin may be applied to the top sheet.
  • the blood modifying agent since the blood modifying agent has a mechanism to lower the viscosity and surface tension of the blood, the body fluid is transferred to the absorber 4 without remaining on the top sheet 2 by the blood modifying layer 24 and absorbed. 4 can be absorbed.
  • the sanitary napkin comprises a top sheet formed of an air through non-woven fabric (composite fiber of polyester and polyethylene terephthalate, basis weight: 35 g / m 2 ) treated with a hydrophilic agent, and a composite of air through non-woven fabric (polyester and polyethylene terephthalate) Fiber, second sheet formed of basis weight: 30 g / m 2 ), pulp (basis weight: 150 to 450 g / m 2 , more in the central part), acrylic high absorption polymer (basis weight: 15 g / m 2 ) And, it was formed from an absorbent including a tissue as a core wrap, a water repellent treated side sheet, and a back sheet made of polyethylene film.
  • an absorbent including a tissue as a core wrap, a water repellent treated side sheet, and a back sheet made of polyethylene film.
  • Triethylene CL oil fatty acid glycerides, manufactured by NOF Corporation C 8 fatty acid: fatty acid of C 12 is approximately included in a weight ratio of 44:56, triesters of glycerin and fatty acid, the weight average molecular weight: about 570
  • -Panaceto 800 B manufactured by NOF Corporation Triester of glycerin and fatty acid in which all fatty acids are 2-ethylhexanoic acid (C 8 ), weight average molecular weight: about 470 NA36, manufactured by NOF Corporation C 16 fatty acids: C 18 fatty acids: C 20 fatty acids (including both saturated fatty acids and unsaturated fatty acids) in a weight ratio of approximately 5: 92: 3, Triester of glycerin and fatty acid, weight average molecular weight: about 880
  • Tricot oil fatty acid glyceride manufactured by NOF Corporation C 8 fatty acid: C 10 fatty acid: C 12 fatty acid: C 14 fatty acid: C 16 fatty acid (including both saturated fatty acid and unsaturated fatty acid) is approximately 4 Triester of glycerin and fatty acid, contained in a weight ratio of 8: 60: 25: 3, weight average molecular weight: 670 ⁇ Caprylic diglyceride, manufactured by NOF Corporation Diester of glycerin and fatty acid wherein fatty acid is octanoic acid, weight average molecular weight: 340
  • Uniol D-4000 polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 4,000 Uniol PB500, polybutylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 500 Uniol PB700, manufactured by NOF Corporation, polyoxybutylene polyoxypropylene glycol, weight average molecular weight: about 700
  • Uniol PB 1000 R polybutylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 1000 [Ester of (e 2 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with at least one fatty acid] ⁇ Wilbright cp 9, a compound in which OH groups at both ends of polybutylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation were esterified with hexadecanoic acid (C 16 ), weight average molecular weight: about 1,150
  • UNIOL TG-3000 glyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 16 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 3,000 ⁇ UNIOL TG-4000, glyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 16 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 4,000
  • -PEG 1500 polyethylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 1,500 to about 1,600 Nonion S-6, manufactured by NOF Corporation, polyoxyethylene monostearate, repeating unit of about 7 weight average molecular weight: about 880 Will Bright s 753, manufactured by NOF Corporation polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene polyoxybutylene glycerin, weight average molecular weight: about 960
  • TG-330 a glyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 6 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 330 ⁇ UNIOL TG-1000, glyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 16 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 1,000
  • Unirube DGP-700 a diglyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 9 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 700 -Uniox HC60, manufactured by NOF Co., Ltd. polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, weight average molecular weight: about 3,570 ⁇ Vaseline, Cognis Japan Ltd. Petroleum derived hydrocarbon, semi-solid
  • the IOB, melting point and water solubility of the above sample are shown in Table 2 below.
  • the water solubility was measured according to the above-mentioned method, but 20.0 g was added to 100 g of demineralized water, and a sample dissolved after 24 hours was evaluated as "20 g ⁇ ", and 100 g of demineralized water was used. A sample in which 0.05 g was dissolved but not 1.00 g was evaluated as 0.05 to 1.00 g.
  • fusing point " ⁇ 45" means that melting
  • the skin contact surface of the top sheet of the above-mentioned sanitary napkin was coated with the above-mentioned blood modifier. Heat each blood modifier to its melting point + 20 ° C if the blood modifier is liquid at room temperature, and if the blood modifier is solid at room temperature, then control seam HMA gun Each blood modifying agent was atomized and applied to the entire skin contact surface of the top sheet so that the basis weight was approximately 5 g / m 2 .
  • FIG. 14 is an electron micrograph of the skin contact surface of the top sheet in the sanitary napkin (No. 2-5) in which the top sheet contains avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride. As apparent from FIG. 14, the tri-C2L oil fatty acid glyceride is in the form of fine particles and adheres to the surface of the fiber. Rewet rates and absorber transfer rates were measured according to the procedure described above. The results are shown in Table 2 below.
  • Rewet rate (%) 100 ⁇ (weight of filter paper after test ⁇ weight of original filter paper) / 6
  • absorber transfer speed which is the time for blood to transfer from the top sheet to the absorber after the second drop of blood.
  • absorber transfer rate means the time from when blood is introduced into the top sheet to when the red color of blood is not seen on the surface and inside of the top sheet.
  • the rewet rate was 22.7% and the absorber transfer rate was over 60 seconds, but both the glycerin and fatty acid triesters had rewet rates From the fact that it is 7.0% or less and the absorber transfer rate is 8 seconds or less, it can be seen that the absorption performance is greatly improved. However, among triesters of glycerin and fatty acid, NA50 of which the melting point exceeds 45 ° C. shows no significant improvement in the absorption performance.
  • a blood modifying agent having an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60, a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less, and an aqueous solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g per 100 g of water at 25 ° C. It was found that the absorption performance was greatly improved.
  • sanitary napkins were worn by a plurality of volunteer subjects.
  • sanitary napkins containing blood modifiers 2-1 to 2-3 there was no tackiness on the top sheet even after menstrual blood absorption, and it was answered that the top sheet was smooth. .
  • Defibrillation blood after blood collection, stirred for about 5 minutes in an Erlenmeyer flask together with glass beads
  • EDTA blood Addition of 0.5 mL of 12% EDTA ⁇ 2K saline to 65 mL of venous blood
  • Serum or plasma Supernatant after centrifuging defibrillated blood or EDTA blood, respectively, at about 1900 G at room temperature for 10 minutes
  • Blood cells Remove the serum from the blood and remove the residual phosphate buffered saline (PBS) ) Washed twice and then added with phosphate buffered saline for the removed serum
  • An absorbent article was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride was applied so as to give a basis weight of approximately 5 g / m 2, and the rewet rate was evaluated for the above various blood. . Three measurements were taken for each blood and the mean value was taken. The results are shown in Table 3 below.
  • Example 2 The same tendency as equine EDTA blood obtained in Example 2 was also obtained in human and sheep blood. The same tendency was also observed in defibrinated blood and EDTA blood.
  • the top sheet containing the blood modifying agent has low blood retention and can be rapidly transferred to the absorber after absorbing blood.
  • Example 4 [Viscosity of blood containing blood modifying agent] The viscosity of the blood containing the blood modifying agent was measured using Rheometric Expansion System ARES (Rheometric Scientific, Inc). 2% by weight of Panaceto 810s was added to equine defibrinated blood, the mixture was lightly stirred to form a sample, the sample was loaded on a parallel plate of 50 mm in diameter, the gap was made 100 ⁇ m, and the viscosity was measured at 37 ⁇ 0.5 ° C. . Because of the parallel plate, the sample was not subjected to a uniform shear rate, but the average shear rate displayed on the instrument was 10 s ⁇ 1 .
  • the viscosity of horse-defibrillated blood containing 2% by mass of Panaceto 810s was 5.9 mPa ⁇ s, while the viscosity of horse-defibrillated blood containing no blood modifying agent was 50.4 mPa ⁇ s.
  • equine defibrinated blood containing 2% by weight of Panaceto 810s reduces the viscosity by about 90% as compared to the case without blood modifying agent.
  • blood contains components such as blood cells and is known to have thixotropy properties, it is considered that the blood modifying agent of the present disclosure can lower the viscosity of blood in a low viscosity region. By reducing the viscosity of blood, it is thought that absorbed menstrual blood can be rapidly transferred from the top sheet to the absorber.
  • Example 5 [Micrograph of blood containing blood modifier] A healthy volunteer's menstrual blood is collected on Saran wrap (trademark), and a portion of it is Panaseto 810s dispersed in 10 times mass phosphate buffered saline, and the concentration of Panaceto 810s is 1% by mass. Added to The menstrual blood was applied to a slide glass, covered with a cover glass, and the condition of red blood cells was observed with a light microscope. A photomicrograph of menstrual blood containing no blood modifying agent is shown in FIG. 15 (a), and a photomicrograph of menstrual blood containing PANACET 810s is shown in FIG. 15 (b).
  • red blood cells form a lump of rhomsen, etc., but in menstrual blood containing PANACET 810s, each red blood cell is stably dispersed. I understand. Therefore, it is suggested that the blood modifying agent works to stabilize red blood cells in the blood.
  • Example 6 [Surface tension of blood containing blood modifier] The surface tension of blood containing a blood modifying agent was measured by a pendant drop method using a contact angle meter Drop Master 500 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. The surface tension was measured after adding a predetermined amount of blood modifying agent to sheep defibrinated blood and shaking sufficiently. The measurement is automatically performed by the device, but the density ⁇ is obtained by the following equation (see FIG. 16).
  • the density ⁇ is the density test method and density / mass / volume conversion table in JIS K 2249-1995, 5. It was measured at the temperature shown in Table 5 below according to the vibrational density test method. For measurement, DA-505 of Kyoto Electronics Industries Ltd. was used. The results are shown in Table 5.
  • the blood modifying agent has a water solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g per 100 g of water at 25 ° C., but its solubility in water is very low. It can be seen that the surface tension of the blood can be reduced. By lowering the surface tension of the blood, it is considered that the absorbed blood can be rapidly transferred to the absorber without being held between the fibers of the top sheet.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Absorbent Articles And Supports Therefor (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an absorbent article (1) that is capable of preventing detachment of a sheet that constitutes a wing section (6), said detachment resulting from a composition that is applied to a top sheet (2) penetrating the wing section (6) when said wing section (6) has been folded and bent. A protruding section (21) is provided to the top sheet (2) of the absorbent article (1) of the present invention in an excretory orifice contact region (16) that is at least in contact with the excretory orifice of a wearer on the skin-side surface of said contact region. The top sheet (2) is additionally provided with a composition application region (18) to which a predetermined composition is applied at least in the region (16) that is in contact with the excretory orifice of the wearer.

Description

吸収性物品Absorbent articles
　本発明は、生理用ナプキン、パンティライナ、失禁パッド、失禁ライナなどの吸収性物品に関する。 The present invention relates to absorbent articles such as sanitary napkins, panty liners, incontinence pads, incontinence liners and the like.
　主体部分のトップシートにスキンケア組成物を付与した吸収性物品が従来技術として知られている（たとえば、特許文献１）。この吸収性物品のトップシートには、開孔された成形フィルムが使用されている。また、この吸収性物品には、トップシートを幅方向に延長して形成したフラップが設けられている。 The absorbent article which applied the skin care composition to the top sheet of the main part is known as prior art (for example, patent documents 1). An apertured formed film is used for the top sheet of the absorbent article. In addition, the absorbent article is provided with a flap formed by extending the top sheet in the width direction.
特表２００３－５１０１６４号公報Japanese Patent Publication No. 2003-510164
　特許文献１に記載されているような吸収性物品をパッケージ化するためにウイング部を折り畳むとき、本体部のトップシートに付与されたスキンケア組成物が、折り畳んだウイング部におけるトップシートの開孔部分を通ってウイング部に浸透する場合がある。この場合、浸透したスキンケア組成物によってウイング部におけるトップシートとバックシートとの間の接合が弱くなり、吸収性物品を長時間使用しているとき、トップシートがバックシートから剥離する場合がある。 When folding a wing to package an absorbent article as described in Patent Document 1, the skin care composition applied to the top sheet of the main body is an open portion of the top sheet in the folded wing. May penetrate the wing through In this case, the penetration between the top sheet and the back sheet in the wing may be weakened by the infiltrated skin care composition, and the top sheet may peel off from the back sheet when the absorbent article is used for a long time.
　本発明は、ウイング部を折り曲げたときにトップシートに塗布された組成物がウイング部に浸透することによりウイング部を構成するシートが剥離することを抑制した吸収性物品を提供することを目的とする。 An object of the present invention is to provide an absorbent article in which the composition constituting the top sheet penetrates the wing when the wing is folded, thereby preventing the sheet constituting the wing from peeling off. Do.
　本発明は、上記課題を解決するため、以下の構成を採用した。
　すなわち、本発明は、長手方向および幅方向を有し、本体部と本体部の両側縁から幅方向に延出した一対のウイング部とを含み、本体部は、肌側に設けられた液透過性の不織布のトップシート、着衣側に設けられた液不透過性のバックシートおよびトップシートとバックシートとの間に設けられた液保持性の吸収体を備えた吸収性物品であって、トップシートは、肌側の面における少なくとも着用者の***口に当接する***口当接域に突部を備え、トップシートは、少なくとも***口当接域に、所定の組成物が塗布された組成物塗布領域をさらに備える。
　他の本発明は、長手方向および幅方向を有し、本体部と本体部の両側縁から幅方向に延出した一対のウイング部とを含み、本体部は、肌側に設けられた液透過性の不織布のトップシート、着衣側に設けられた液不透過性のバックシートおよびトップシートとバックシートとの間に設けられた液保持性の吸収体を備えた吸収性物品であって、トップシートから吸収体の内部に至る、エンボス加工により形成された圧縮部を、肌側の面における少なくとも着用者の***口に当接する***口当接域に備え、トップシートは、少なくとも***口当接域に、所定の組成物が塗布された組成物塗布領域を備える。 The present invention adopts the following configuration in order to solve the above-mentioned problems.
That is, the present invention has a longitudinal direction and a width direction, and includes a main body portion and a pair of wing portions extending in the width direction from both side edges of the main body portion, and the main body portion is liquid permeable provided on the skin side An absorbent article comprising: a non-woven non-woven top sheet, a liquid-impermeable back sheet provided on the clothing side, and a liquid-retaining absorbent provided between the top sheet and the back sheet, The sheet is provided with a protrusion in the excretory opening contact area at least in contact with the wearer's excretory opening on the skin side surface, and the top sheet is a composition in which a predetermined composition is applied at least in the excretory opening contact area It further comprises an application area.
Another embodiment of the present invention has a longitudinal direction and a width direction, and includes a main body portion and a pair of wing portions extending in the width direction from both side edges of the main body portion, and the main body portion is liquid permeable provided on the skin side An absorbent article comprising: a non-woven non-woven top sheet, a liquid-impermeable back sheet provided on the clothing side, and a liquid-retaining absorbent provided between the top sheet and the back sheet, The compression section formed by embossing from the sheet to the inside of the absorber is provided at least in the excretory opening contact area on the skin side surface that abuts the excretory opening of the wearer, and the top sheet at least The area is provided with a composition application area to which a predetermined composition is applied.
　本発明によれば、ウイング部を折り曲げたときにトップシートに塗布された組成物がウイング部に浸透することによりウイング部を構成するシートが剥離することを抑制できる。 ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, when the wing part is bend | folded, it can suppress that the sheet which comprises a wing part peels, when the composition apply | coated to the top sheet permeates into a wing part.
図１は、本発明の吸収性物品の一実施形態の部分破断平面図である。FIG. 1 is a partially broken plan view of an embodiment of the absorbent article of the present invention. 図２は、図１のＡ－Ａ線断面を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a cross section taken along line AA of FIG. 図３は、本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品におけるトップシートの突部および凹部を説明するための図である。FIG. 3 is a view for explaining the projection and the recess of the top sheet in the absorbent article according to the embodiment of the present invention. 図４は、トップシートに突部および凹部を形成する方法を説明するための図である。FIG. 4 is a figure for demonstrating the method to form a protrusion and a recessed part in a top sheet. 図５は、包装するためにウイング部が折り畳まれた本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品を説明するための図であるである。FIG. 5 is a view for explaining an absorbent article according to an embodiment of the present invention in which the wings are folded for packaging. 図６は、本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品を含む包装品の斜視図である。FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a package including the absorbent article of one embodiment of the present invention. 図７は、図５のＤ－Ｄ線断面を示す概略断面図である。FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a cross section taken along line DD of FIG. 図８は、本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品の変形例におけるトップシートの突部、凹部および開口部を説明するための図である。FIG. 8 is a view for explaining the protrusion, the recess, and the opening of the top sheet in a modified example of the absorbent article according to one embodiment of the present invention. 図９は、本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品変形例の開口部を形成する方法を説明するための図である。FIG. 9 is a figure for demonstrating the method to form the opening part of the absorbent article modification of one Embodiment of this invention. 図１０は、本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品の変形例におけるトップシートの突部を説明するための図である。FIG. 10 is a view for explaining a protrusion of a top sheet in a modified example of the absorbent article of one embodiment of the present invention. 図１１は、本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品の変形例におけるトップシートの突部、凹部および開口部を説明するための図である。FIG. 11 is a view for explaining the protrusion, the recess, and the opening of the top sheet in a modified example of the absorbent article according to one embodiment of the present invention. 図１２は、本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品の変形例を説明するための図である。FIG. 12 is a view for explaining a modified example of the absorbent article of one embodiment of the present invention. 図１３は、本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品の変形例を説明するための図である。FIG. 13 is a figure for demonstrating the modification of the absorbent article of one Embodiment of this invention. 図１４は、トップシートがトリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリドを含む生理用ナプキンにおける、トップシートの肌当接面の電子顕微鏡写真である。FIG. 14 is an electron micrograph of the skin contact surface of the top sheet in the sanitary napkin in which the top sheet contains avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride. 図１５は、血液改質剤を含むまたは含まない経血の顕微鏡写真である。FIG. 15 is a photomicrograph of menstrual blood with or without a blood modifying agent. 図１６は、表面張力の測定方法を説明するための図である。FIG. 16 is a diagram for explaining a method of measuring surface tension.
　以下、図面を参照して、本発明を説明するが、本発明は図面に記載されたものに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings, but the present invention is not limited to those described in the drawings.
　図１は本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品の部分破断平面図であり、図２は図１のＡ－Ａ線断面を示す概略断面図である。吸収性物品１は、肌側（肌当接側）に設けられた液透過性のトップシート２、着衣側（非肌当接側）に設けられた液不透過性のバックシート３、トップシート２とバックシート３との間に設けられた液保持性の吸収体４およびトップシート２の幅方向両側に設けられた液不透過性のサイドシート５を備える本体部１０と、本体部１０の両側縁から幅方向に延出するサイドシート５およびバックシート３を備えた一対のウイング部６とを含む。 FIG. 1 is a partially broken plan view of an absorbent article according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. The absorbent article 1 has a liquid-permeable top sheet 2 provided on the skin side (skin contact side), a liquid-impermeable back sheet 3 provided on the clothing side (non-skin contact side), and a top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3 are provided with a liquid-retaining absorbent body 4 and a body portion 10 provided with liquid-impermeable side sheets 5 provided on both sides in the width direction of the top sheet 2; It includes a pair of wing portions 6 provided with a side sheet 5 and a back sheet 3 extending in the width direction from both side edges.
　符号６１はウイング部６の付け根（本体部１０とウイング部６との間の境界）を示す。たとえば、ウイング部６の長手方向両側において、吸収性物品１の幅が急に大きくなる２つの点を結んだ直線がウイング部６の付け根６１と見なすことができる。ウイング部６の着衣側の面に粘着部７が設けられている。また、本体部１０の着衣側の面にも粘着部７が設けられている。なお、図１において、吸収性物品１の幅方向はＸ方向であり、長手方向はＹ方向である。また、吸収性物品１の平面方向は、ＸＹ方向である。なお、サイドシート５を設けないで、本体部１０のトップシート２を幅方向に延出させて、ウイング部６はトップシート２およびバックシート３を備えるようにしてもよい。 The code | symbol 61 shows the root of the wing part 6 (boundary between the main-body part 10 and the wing part 6). For example, a straight line connecting two points where the width of the absorbent article 1 suddenly increases on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the wing portion 6 can be regarded as the root 61 of the wing portion 6. An adhesive portion 7 is provided on the surface of the wing portion 6 on the clothes side. In addition, an adhesive portion 7 is provided on the surface of the main body portion 10 on the clothes side. In addition, in FIG. 1, the width direction of the absorbent article 1 is the X direction, and the longitudinal direction is the Y direction. Moreover, the plane direction of the absorbent article 1 is the XY direction. The top sheet 2 of the main body 10 may be extended in the width direction without providing the side sheet 5, and the wing 6 may include the top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3.
　本体部１０の形状は、長方形、楕円型、砂時計型など、女性の身体および下着の形状に適合する形状であればとくに限定されない。本体部１０の外形における長手方向の延べ寸法は、好ましくは１００～５００ｍｍであり、より好ましくは１５０～３５０ｍｍである。また、本体部１０の外形における幅方向の延べ寸法は、好ましくは３０～２００ｍｍであり、より好ましくは４０～１８０ｍｍである。 The shape of the main body portion 10 is not particularly limited as long as it is a shape that conforms to the shape of a female body and an underwear, such as a rectangular shape, an oval shape, and an hourglass shape. The longitudinal dimension in the outer shape of the main body 10 is preferably 100 to 500 mm, more preferably 150 to 350 mm. Further, the dimension in the width direction of the outer shape of the main body 10 is preferably 30 to 200 mm, more preferably 40 to 180 mm.
　トップシート２は、着用者から排出された尿、経血などの体液を、吸収体４へ移動させる。トップシート２はその全部または一部が液透過性であり、トップシート２の液透過域は、液透過性の不織布、織布、多数の液透過孔が形成された樹脂フィルムまたは多数の網目を有するネット状シートなどで形成され得る。 The top sheet 2 transfers body fluid such as urine and menstrual blood discharged from the wearer to the absorber 4. The top sheet 2 is wholly or partially liquid-permeable, and the liquid-permeable area of the top sheet 2 is a liquid-permeable non-woven fabric, a woven fabric, a resin film having a large number of liquid-permeable holes, or a large number of meshes. It can be formed of a net-like sheet or the like.
　トップシート２は、好ましくは不織布から作製される。トップシート２に用いる不織布の素材としては、天然繊維、化学繊維のいずれも使用することが可能である。天然繊維の例としては、粉砕パルプ、コットンなどのセルロースが挙げられる。化学繊維の例としては、レーヨンおよびフィブリルレーヨンなどの再生セルロース、アセテートおよびトリアセテートなどの半合成セルロース、熱可塑性疎水性化学繊維、ならびに親水化処理を施した熱可塑性疎水性化学繊維が挙げられる。熱可塑性疎水性化学繊維としては、ポリエチレン（ＰＥ）、ポリプロピレン（ＰＰ）、ポリエチレンテレフタレート（ＰＥＴ）などの単繊維、ＰＥとＰＰとをグラフト重合してなる繊維および芯鞘構造などの複合繊維が挙げられる。 The top sheet 2 is preferably made of non-woven fabric. As a non-woven material used for the top sheet 2, any of natural fibers and chemical fibers can be used. Examples of natural fibers include cellulose such as ground pulp, cotton and the like. Examples of chemical fibers include regenerated celluloses such as rayon and fibril rayon, semi-synthetic celluloses such as acetate and triacetate, thermoplastic hydrophobic chemical fibers, and thermoplastic hydrophobic chemical fibers subjected to hydrophilization treatment. Examples of thermoplastic hydrophobic chemical fibers include single fibers such as polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP) and polyethylene terephthalate (PET), fibers obtained by graft polymerization of PE and PP, and composite fibers such as a core-sheath structure. Be
　トップシート２に用いる不織布を作製するとき、乾式法（カード法、スパンボンド法、メルトブローン法、エアレイド法等）および湿式法のいずれか、また乾式法および湿式法を組み合わせてウェブフォーミングを実施してもよい。トップシート２に用いる不織布を作製するときのウェブのボンディング方法としては、サーマルボンディング、ニードルパンチ、ケミカルボンディングなどの方法が挙げられるが、これらの方法に限定されない。また、水流交絡法によりシート状に形成したスパンレースをトップシート２に用いてもよい。 When producing a non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2, web forming is carried out by combining either a dry method (card method, spun bond method, meltblown method, air laid method, etc.) and a wet method, or a dry method and a wet method. It is also good. Examples of the method of bonding the web when producing the non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2 include methods such as thermal bonding, needle punch, chemical bonding and the like, but are not limited to these methods. In addition, a spunlace formed in a sheet shape by a water flow entanglement method may be used for the top sheet 2.
　トップシート２に用いる不織布の繊維には、芯成分の融点が鞘成分より高い芯鞘タイプ、芯鞘の偏芯タイプ、または左右成分の融点が異なるサイドバイサイドタイプの複合繊維を使用してもよい。また、中空タイプの繊維や、扁平、Ｙ型およびＣ型などの異型繊維や、潜在捲縮もしくは顕在捲縮の立体捲縮繊維や、水流、熱またはエンボス加工などの物理的負荷により分割する分割繊維などの繊維がトップシート２に用いる不織布に混合されていてもよい。 As fibers of non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2, composite fibers of core-sheath type, core-sheath eccentric type, or side-by-side type of different melting points of left and right components may be used. In addition, hollow fibers, irregular fibers such as flat, Y-type and C-type, three-dimensional crimped fibers with latent crimp or apparent crimp, and split by physical load such as water flow, heat or embossing Fibers such as fibers may be mixed in the non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2.
　液体の入り込みや肌触りを考慮すると、トップシート２に用いる不織布の繊維の繊度は、好ましくは１．１～８．８ｄｔｅｘである。 In consideration of the penetration of the liquid and the touch, the fineness of the non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2 is preferably 1.1 to 8.8 dtex.
　トップシート２に疎水性合成繊維を使用する場合、トップシート２の液体の入り込み性やリウェットバックを考慮して、親水剤や撥水剤などを疎水性合成繊維に練りこんだり、親水剤や撥水剤などで疎水性合成繊維をコーティングしたりしてもよい。また、コロナ処理やプラズマ処理によって疎水性合成繊維に親水性を付与してもよい。これにより、後述の血液改質剤が親油性の場合、血液改質剤塗布領域１８に親水性の箇所と親油性の箇所とがまばらに共存することになり、体液（たとえば経血）の親水性成分（主に血しょう）および親油性成分（主に血球）の両方がトップシート２から吸収体４へ速やかに移行する。 When hydrophobic synthetic fibers are used for the top sheet 2, in consideration of the liquid penetration and rewet of the top sheet 2, the hydrophilic agent, the water repellant, etc. are kneaded into the hydrophobic synthetic fibers, the hydrophilic agent or the water repellent The hydrophobic synthetic fiber may be coated with a solution or the like. In addition, the hydrophobic synthetic fiber may be rendered hydrophilic by corona treatment or plasma treatment. Thereby, when the blood modifying agent described later is lipophilic, the hydrophilic portion and the lipophilic portion coexist in the blood modifying agent application region 18 sparsely, and the hydrophilicity of the body fluid (for example, menstrual blood) Both the sex component (mainly plasma) and the lipophilic component (mainly blood cells) are rapidly transferred from the top sheet 2 to the absorber 4.
　トップシート２の隠ぺい性を高めるために、トップシート２に用いる不織布の繊維に酸化チタン、硫酸バリウムおよび炭酸カルシウムなどの無機フィラーを含有させてもよい。不織布の繊維が芯鞘タイプの複合繊維である場合、芯のみに無機フィラーを含有させてもよいし、鞘のみに含有させてもよい。 In order to enhance the hiding property of the top sheet 2, the non-woven fabric used for the top sheet 2 may contain an inorganic filler such as titanium oxide, barium sulfate and calcium carbonate. When the non-woven fiber is a core-sheath type composite fiber, only the core may contain the inorganic filler, or only the sheath may contain it.
　トップシート２の少なくとも***口当接域１６には、後述の血液改質剤が塗布された血液改質剤塗布領域１８が設けられている。ここで、***口当接域１６とは、着用者の体液の***口に当接する位置を中心とした長手方向の長さが、好ましくは５０～２００ｍｍであり、より好ましくは７０～１５０ｍｍであり、幅方向の長さが、好ましくは１０～８０ｍｍであり、より好ましくは２０～５０ｍｍである。吸収性物品１を包装するために、一対のウイング部６の幅方向外側の縁６２がお互いに接するように一対のウイング部６を幅方向内側に折り畳むと、血液改質剤塗布領域１８の大部分またはすべての部分が折り畳んだウイング部６によって覆い隠される（図５および図７参照）。 At least the discharge port contact area 16 of the top sheet 2 is provided with a blood modifier application area 18 to which a blood modifier described later is applied. Here, with the excretory opening contact area 16, the length in the longitudinal direction centering on the position where it abuts on the excretory opening of the wearer's body fluid is preferably 50 to 200 mm, more preferably 70 to 150 mm. The length in the width direction is preferably 10 to 80 mm, more preferably 20 to 50 mm. When the pair of wings 6 is folded inward in the width direction so that the edges 62 in the width direction of the pair of wings 6 contact each other in order to wrap the absorbent article 1, the size of the blood modifier application region 18 is large. Parts or all parts are obscured by the folded wings 6 (see FIGS. 5 and 7).
　トップシート２は、少なくとも***口当接域１６に、長手方向（Ｙ方向）に延在し、長手方向（Ｙ方向）に交差する方向、たとえば幅方向（Ｘ方向）に並ぶ突部２１および凹部２２を有する。図３を参照して、トップシート２に設けられた突部２１および凹部２２を詳細に説明する。図３は、トップシート２の突部２１および凹部２２を拡大した斜視図である。なお、突部２１および凹部２２が延びる方向は、所定の方向であれば、長手方向に限定されない。 The top sheet 2 extends in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) at least in the discharge port contact area 16, and the projection 21 and the recess are arranged in a direction intersecting the longitudinal direction (Y direction), for example, in the width direction (X direction) Having 22. With reference to FIG. 3, the protrusion 21 and the recessed part 22 provided in the top sheet 2 are demonstrated in detail. FIG. 3 is an enlarged perspective view of the protrusion 21 and the recess 22 of the top sheet 2. The direction in which the protrusion 21 and the recess 22 extend is not limited to the longitudinal direction as long as it is a predetermined direction.
　図３に示すように、トップシート２は、長手方向（Ｙ方向）に延在しており、長手方向（Ｙ方向）に交差する方向、たとえば幅方向（Ｘ方向）に並ぶ複数の突部２１および凹部２２を含む。突部２１の断面の形状は、たとえば、略Ｕ字形状である。略Ｕ字形状には、Ｕ字形状の他に、角を丸めたり、直線を曲線に変えたりするなどの変形を加えるとＵ字形状になる形状も含まれる。たとえば、略Ｕ字形状には、Ｖ字形状、Ｍ字形状および台形も含まれる。また、突部２１の断面の形状をΩ形状にしてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 3, the top sheet 2 extends in the longitudinal direction (Y direction), and a plurality of protrusions 21 aligned in a direction intersecting the longitudinal direction (Y direction), for example, in the width direction (X direction) And the recess 22. The shape of the cross section of the protrusion 21 is, for example, a substantially U shape. The substantially U-shape includes, in addition to the U-shape, a shape that becomes a U-shape when it is deformed such as rounding corners or changing a straight line into a curve. For example, the substantially U-shape also includes V-shape, M-shape and trapezoid. Further, the shape of the cross section of the protrusion 21 may be Ω.
　突部２１のもっとも厚くなっている部分の厚さは、好ましくは０．３～１５ｍｍであり、より好ましくは０．５～５ｍｍである。また、突部の幅方向（Ｘ方向）の長さは、好ましくは０．５～３０ｍｍであり、より好ましくは１．０～１０ｍｍである。隣接する突部の幅方向（Ｘ方向）の頂点間の距離（ピッチ）は、好ましくは０．５～３０ｍｍであり、より好ましくは３～１０ｍｍである。凹部２２のもっとも薄くなっている部分の厚さは、突部２１のもっとも厚くなっている部分の厚さに対して好ましくは１～５０％であり、より好ましくは５～２０％である。凹部２２の幅方向（Ｘ方向）の長さは、好ましくは０．１～３０ｍｍであり、より好ましくは０．５～１０ｍｍである。 The thickness of the thickest portion of the projection 21 is preferably 0.3 to 15 mm, more preferably 0.5 to 5 mm. The length in the width direction (X direction) of the projection is preferably 0.5 to 30 mm, more preferably 1.0 to 10 mm. The distance (pitch) between the apexes in the width direction (X direction) of the adjacent protrusions is preferably 0.5 to 30 mm, more preferably 3 to 10 mm. The thickness of the thinnest portion of the recess 22 is preferably 1 to 50%, more preferably 5 to 20% of the thickness of the thickest portion of the protrusion 21. The length in the width direction (X direction) of the recess 22 is preferably 0.1 to 30 mm, more preferably 0.5 to 10 mm.
　突部２１の中央部２３の繊維密度は、好ましくは、突部２１の側部２４および／または凹部２２の繊維密度よりも低い。たとえば、突部２１の中央部２３および凹部２２の繊維密度は０．００５～０．２０ｇ／ｃｍ3であり、好ましくは０．００７～０．０７ｇ／ｃｍ3である。トップシートのそれぞれの場所の繊維密度は、たとえば、以下のようにして測定できる。突部２１および凹部２２を形成した所定の機械方向（ＭＤ）の長さのトップシートをサンプリングする。そして、マイクロスコープなどを使用してトップシートの幅方向（ＣＤ）の断面の顕微鏡写真を撮影し、トップシートにおける突部２１の中央部の断面積、突部の側部の断面積および凹部の断面積を、画像処理装置を使用して測定する。次に、液体窒素などを使用してトップシートを冷却し、冷却したトップシートの突部の中央部、突部の側部および凹部をトップシートからそれぞれ切り離す。そして、切り離した突部の中央部、突部の側部および凹部の重量をそれぞれ測定する。最後に、突部の中央部、突部の側部および凹部の測定したそれぞれの重量を、上述の機械方向（ＭＤ）長さと断面積とで割り算することによって、トップシートの突部の中央部の繊維密度、突部の側部の繊維密度および凹部の繊維密度を算出できる。また、突部２１の中央部２３の繊維密度と、突部２１の側部２４および／または凹部２２の繊維密度との間の大小関係は、トップシートの断面の顕微鏡写真の繊維の疎密関係から判断できる。繊維密度の符号２５は、トップシート２の繊維を示す。 The fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 is preferably lower than the fiber density of the side 24 and / or the recess 22 of the projection 21. For example, the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 and the recess 22 is 0.005 to 0.20 g / cm 3 , preferably 0.007 to 0.07 g / cm 3 . The fiber density of each place of the top sheet can be measured, for example, as follows. A top sheet having a predetermined machine direction (MD) length, in which the projection 21 and the recess 22 are formed, is sampled. Then, a microscope photograph or the like is used to take a photomicrograph of a cross section in the width direction (CD) of the top sheet, and the cross section of the central portion of the protrusion 21 in the top sheet, the cross section of the side portion of the protrusion, and the recess Cross sectional area is measured using an image processor. Next, the top sheet is cooled using liquid nitrogen or the like, and the central portion, the sides of the projection, and the recess of the cooled top sheet are respectively separated from the top sheet. Then, the weights of the central portion of the separated protrusion, the side portion of the protrusion, and the recess are measured. Finally, by dividing the measured weights of the central part of the projection, the side part of the projection and the recess by the machine direction (MD) length and the cross-sectional area described above, the central part of the projection of the top sheet Fiber density of the side of the protrusion and fiber density of the recess can be calculated. In addition, the magnitude relationship between the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the protrusion 21 and the fiber density of the side portion 24 and / or the recess 22 of the protrusion 21 is from the density relationship of fibers of the cross section of the top sheet. It can be judged. The fiber density code 25 indicates the fibers of the top sheet 2.
　次に、図４を参照して、トップシート２に突部２１および凹部２２を形成する方法を説明する。図４に示すように、トップシート２の材料となるウェブ１２０を網状支持部材１３０の上に配置し、そして機械方向（ＭＤ）に移動させる。ウェブ１２０は吹き出し部１４０と吸引部１５０との間を移動する。吹き出し部１４０は気体１４１をウェブ１２０に噴射し、吸引部１５０は、吹き出し部１４０から噴射した気体１４１を吸引する。吹き出し部１４０から噴射した気体１４１は、ウェブ１２０の繊維を掻き分ける。これにより、トップシート２の凹部２２に対応する溝１２２がウェブ１２０に形成される。また、吹き出し部１４０から噴射した気体１４１によって掻き分けられた繊維は、溝１２２の両脇に集まる。これにより、トップシート２の突部２１に対応する突部１２１が溝１２２の両側に形成される。 Next, with reference to FIG. 4, a method of forming the protrusion 21 and the recess 22 in the top sheet 2 will be described. As shown in FIG. 4, a web 120 from which the topsheet 2 is made is placed on the mesh support member 130 and moved in the machine direction (MD). The web 120 moves between the blowout unit 140 and the suction unit 150. The blowout unit 140 jets the gas 141 onto the web 120, and the suction unit 150 sucks the gas 141 jetted from the blowout unit 140. The gas 141 jetted from the blowout unit 140 scrapes the fibers of the web 120. Thereby, the groove 122 corresponding to the recess 22 of the top sheet 2 is formed in the web 120. Further, the fibers scraped off by the gas 141 jetted from the blowout portion 140 gather on both sides of the groove 122. Thereby, the protrusions 121 corresponding to the protrusions 21 of the top sheet 2 are formed on both sides of the groove 122.
　網状支持部材１３０は、通気性を有する網状の支持体である。たとえば、ポリエステル、ポリフェニレンサルファイド、ナイロン、導電性モノフィラメントなどの樹脂性の糸、または、ステンレス、銅、アルミなど金属性の糸などを、平織・綾織・朱子織・二重織・スパイラル織などで織り込まれた通気性ネットを網状支持部材１３０として使用できる。 The mesh support member 130 is a mesh support having breathability. For example, polyester, polyphenylene sulfide, nylon, resinous threads such as conductive monofilaments, or metallic threads such as stainless steel, copper, aluminum, etc. are woven by plain weave, twill weave, satin weave, double weave, spiral weave, etc. The breathable net can be used as the mesh support member 130.
　吹き出し部１４０には、幅方向に並んだ複数の吹き出し口（不図示）を含む。これにより、吹き出し部１４０は、幅方向（ＣＤ）に並んだ複数の気体１４１をウェブ１２０に噴射できる。また、吹き出し部１４０から噴射する気体１４１は、たとえば、常温のまたは加熱された窒素、空気および水蒸気である。吹き出し部１４０から噴射する気体１４１は、液体または固体の微粒子を含んでもよい。 The blowout unit 140 includes a plurality of blowout ports (not shown) arranged in the width direction. Thus, the blowout unit 140 can inject the plurality of gases 141 aligned in the width direction (CD) onto the web 120. Moreover, the gas 141 injected from the blowout part 140 is, for example, normal temperature or heated nitrogen, air and water vapor. The gas 141 jetted from the blowoff unit 140 may contain liquid or solid particles.
　吹き出し部１４０を幅方向（ＣＤ）に往復移動させることによって、蛇行状（波状、ジグザグ状）の溝部をウェブに形成できる。また、吹き出し部１４０から間欠的に気体１４１をウェブ１２０に噴射することによって不連続な溝をウェブに形成できる。 By reciprocating the blowout portion 140 in the width direction (CD), it is possible to form a serpentine (wavelike, zigzag) groove portion in the web. In addition, discontinuous grooves can be formed in the web by intermittently injecting the gas 141 onto the web 120 from the blowout portion 140.
　突部１２１の側面は、掻き分けられた繊維が密集するので、突部１２１の側面の繊維密度が高くなる。また、溝１２２は、吹き出し部１４０から噴出した気体１４１が当たり、ウェブが圧縮されるので、溝１２２における繊維密度は高くなる。一方、突部１２１の中央部では、掻き分けられた繊維が集まるものの、吹き出し部１４０から噴出した気体１４１によって圧縮されないので、突部１２１の中央部の繊維密度は低くなる。これより、突部２１の中央部２３の繊維密度は、突部２１の側部２４および／または凹部２２の繊維密度よりも低くなる。 Since the scraped fibers are densely packed on the side surface of the protrusion 121, the fiber density of the side surface of the protrusion 121 is increased. Further, since the groove 122 receives the gas 141 ejected from the blowout portion 140 and the web is compressed, the fiber density in the groove 122 becomes high. On the other hand, at the central portion of the protrusion 121, although the scraped fibers gather, they are not compressed by the gas 141 ejected from the blowout portion 140, so the fiber density at the central portion of the protrusion 121 becomes low. Thus, the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 is lower than the fiber density of the side portion 24 and / or the recess 22 of the projection 21.
　図１および図２に示すバックシート３は、吸収体４に吸収された体液が外へ漏れ出すのを防止する。バックシート３には、体液を透過しない材料が使用される。たとえば、バックシート３として、疎水性の不織布、ポリエチレンおよびポリプロピレンなどの不透水性のプラスチックフィルムまたは不織布と不透水性プラスチックフィルムとのラミネートシートなどが使用される。また、耐水性の高いメルトブローン不織布を強度の強いスパンボンド不織布で挟んだスパンボンド・メルトブロー・スパンボンド（ＳＭＳ）繊維不織布をバックシート３として使用してもよい。体液は通さない通気性を有する材料をバックシート３として使用することにより、着用時のムレを低減させることができる。バックシート３はホットメルト接着剤などの接着剤を使用してトップシート２と接合する。 The back sheet 3 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 prevents the body fluid absorbed by the absorber 4 from leaking out. The back sheet 3 is made of a material that is impermeable to body fluid. For example, as the back sheet 3, a hydrophobic non-woven fabric, an impermeable plastic film such as polyethylene and polypropylene or a laminate sheet of non-woven fabric and an impermeable plastic film, or the like is used. Alternatively, a spunbond-meltblown-spunbond (SMS) fibrous nonwoven fabric may be used as the back sheet 3 in which a highly water-resistant meltblown nonwoven fabric is sandwiched by strong spunbond nonwoven fabrics. By using a material having air permeability that does not pass body fluid as the back sheet 3, it is possible to reduce stuffiness when worn. The backsheet 3 is bonded to the topsheet 2 using an adhesive such as a hot melt adhesive.
　吸収体４は体液を吸収して保持する。吸収体４は、嵩高であり、型崩れし難く、化学的刺激が少ないものであることが好ましい。たとえば、吸収体４として、フラッフ状パルプもしくはエアレイド不織布と高吸収性ポリマー（ＳＡＰ）とからなる複合吸収体が使用される。この複合吸収体は、ティッシュなどの液透過性の材料で覆われていてもよい。 The absorber 4 absorbs and holds the body fluid. It is preferable that the absorber 4 is bulky, hard to lose its shape, and less in chemical stimulation. For example, a composite absorbent made of fluff pulp or air-laid non-woven fabric and super absorbent polymer (SAP) is used as the absorbent 4. The composite absorber may be covered with a liquid permeable material such as a tissue.
　また、上記複合吸収体のフラッフ状パルプの代わりに、たとえば、化学パルプ、セルロース繊維、レーヨンおよびアセテートなどの人工セルロース繊維を使用してもよい。上記複合吸収体中のパルプなどの吸収性繊維の坪量は、好ましくは１００ｇ／ｍ2以上、８００ｇ／ｍ2以下であり、上記複合吸収体中の高吸収性ポリマーの質量比は、吸収性繊維を１００％として好ましくは１０％以上、６５％以下である。上記複合混合体を覆うティッシュなど液透過性の材料の坪量は、好ましくは１２ｇ／ｍ2以上、３０ｇ／ｍ2以下である。 Also, instead of the fluff pulp of the composite absorbent, artificial cellulose fibers such as chemical pulp, cellulose fibers, rayon and acetate may be used. The basis weight of the absorbent fiber such as pulp in the composite absorbent is preferably 100 g / m 2 or more and 800 g / m 2 or less, and the mass ratio of the superabsorbent polymer in the composite absorbent is the absorbency The fiber content is preferably 100% to 10% to 65%. The basis weight of a liquid-permeable material such as a tissue covering the composite mixture is preferably 12 g / m 2 or more and 30 g / m 2 or less.
　上記複合混合体のエアレイド不織布として、たとえば、パルプと合成繊維とを熱融着させた不織布またはパルプと合成繊維とをバインダーで固着させた不織布を使用することができる。 As the air-laid non-woven fabric of the composite mixture, for example, a non-woven fabric in which pulp and synthetic fibers are heat-sealed or a non-woven fabric in which pulp and synthetic fibers are fixed with a binder can be used.
　上記複合吸収体の高吸収性ポリマーは、水溶性高分子が適度に架橋した三次元網目構造を有する。この吸収性ポリマーは、水を吸収する前の吸収性ポリマーの体積に対して３０～６０倍の水を吸収する。しかし、この吸収性ポリマーは本質的に水不溶性である。また、この吸収性ポリマーは、多少の圧力を加えられても、一旦吸収された水を離水しない。この吸収性ポリマーとして、たとえば、デンプン系、アクリル酸系またはアミノ酸系の粒子状または繊維状のポリマーが使用される。 The superabsorbent polymer of the composite absorbent has a three-dimensional network structure in which a water-soluble polymer is appropriately crosslinked. The absorbent polymer absorbs 30 to 60 times as much water as the volume of absorbent polymer before absorbing water. However, this absorbable polymer is essentially water insoluble. Also, the absorbent polymer does not release the water once absorbed, even if some pressure is applied. As this absorbent polymer, for example, starch-based, acrylic acid-based or amino acid-based particulate or fibrous polymers are used.
　吸収体４の形状および構造は必要に応じて変えることができるが、吸収体４の全吸収量は、吸収性物品１としての設計挿入量および所望の用途に対応させる必要がある。また、吸収体４のサイズや吸収能力などは用途に応じて変わる。 The shape and structure of the absorber 4 can be changed as needed, but the total amount of absorption of the absorber 4 needs to correspond to the designed insertion amount as the absorbent article 1 and the desired application. In addition, the size, absorption capacity and the like of the absorber 4 change depending on the application.
　ホットメルト接着剤を使用して吸収体４はトップシート２と接着している。これによりトップシート２が吸収体４から剥がれることを抑制できる。 Absorber 4 is bonded to top sheet 2 using a hot melt adhesive. Thereby, it can suppress that the top sheet 2 peels from the absorber 4. As shown in FIG.
　サイドシート５は、体液がトップシート２の表面および／または内部を通って吸収性物品１の幅方向外側へ漏れることを防止する。サイドシート５は、疎水性または撥水性を有することが好ましい。サイドシート５には、たとえば、スパンボンド不織布やＳＭＳ不織布などが使用される。また、サイドシート５は着用者の肌と接触するため、肌への擦れ刺激を低減できるエアスルー不織布をサイドシート５に使用することが好ましい。なお、吸収性物品１は、サイドシート５を有さなくてもよい。 The side sheets 5 prevent the body fluid from leaking outward in the width direction of the absorbent article 1 through the surface and / or the inside of the top sheet 2. The side sheets 5 preferably have hydrophobicity or water repellency. For the side sheet 5, for example, a spunbonded nonwoven fabric or an SMS nonwoven fabric is used. In addition, since the side sheet 5 contacts the skin of the wearer, it is preferable to use an air through non-woven fabric capable of reducing rubbing irritation to the skin for the side sheet 5. The absorbent article 1 may not have the side sheet 5.
　上述したように、ウイング部６は、吸収性物品１を下着に安定して固定するために吸収性物品１に設けられている。ウイング部６を下着の外面側に折り曲げた後、粘着部７を介して下着のクロッチ域に張り付けることによって、吸収性物品１を下着に安定して固定することができる。また、本体部１０に設けられた粘着部７を下着のクロッチ域に張り付けることによって、着用中に本体部１０がずれることを抑制できる。 As described above, the wing portion 6 is provided on the absorbent article 1 in order to stably fix the absorbent article 1 to the undergarment. The absorbent article 1 can be stably fixed to the undergarment by bending the wing portion 6 to the outer surface side of the undergarment and then sticking it to the crotch region of the undergarment through the adhesive portion 7. Moreover, by sticking the adhesive part 7 provided in the main-body part 10 to the crotch area | region of underwear, it can suppress that the main-body part 10 shifts | deviates during wear.
　図２に示す吸収性物品１の粘着部７は、吸収性物品１を下着のクロッチ域に固定する。粘着部７を形成する粘着剤としては、たとえばスチレン系ポリマー、粘着付与剤、可塑剤のいずれかが主成分であるものが好適に使用される。前記スチレン系ポリマーとしては、スチレン－エチレン－ブチレン－スチレンブロック共重合体、スチレン－ブチレン重合体、スチレン－ブチレン－スチレンブロック共重合体、スチレン－イソブチレン－スチレン共重合体などが挙げられるが、これらのうち１種のみを使用しても、二種以上のポリマーブレンドであってもよい。この中でも熱安定性が良好であるという点で、スチレン－エチレン－ブチレン－スチレンブロック共重合体が好ましい。 The adhesive part 7 of the absorbent article 1 shown in FIG. 2 fixes the absorbent article 1 to the crotch area of the undergarment. As an adhesive which forms the adhesion part 7, what is a styrene-type polymer, a tackifier, and a plasticizer as a main component, for example is used suitably. Examples of the styrene-based polymer include styrene-ethylene-butylene-styrene block copolymer, styrene-butylene polymer, styrene-butylene-styrene block copolymer, and styrene-isobutylene-styrene copolymer. Or a blend of two or more polymers. Among these, styrene-ethylene-butylene-styrene block copolymer is preferable in that the thermal stability is good.
　また、前記粘着付与剤および可塑剤としては、常温で固体のものを好ましく用いることができ、粘着付与剤ではたとえばＣ５系石油樹脂、Ｃ９系石油樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系石油樹脂、ロジン系石油樹脂、ポリテルペン樹脂、テルペンフェノール樹脂などが挙げられ、前記可塑剤ではたとえば、リン酸トリフレシル、フタル酸ジブチル、フタル酸ジオクチルなどのモノマー可塑剤の他、ビニル重合体やポリエステルのようなポリマー可塑剤が挙げられる。 Further, as the tackifier and the plasticizer, those which are solid at normal temperature can be preferably used, and as the tackifier, for example, C5 petroleum resin, C9 petroleum resin, dicyclopentadiene petroleum resin, rosin petroleum resin And polyterpene resins, terpene phenol resins, etc., and examples of the plasticizer include, in addition to monomer plasticizers such as triflecil phosphate, dibutyl phthalate and dioctyl phthalate, polymer plasticizers such as vinyl polymers and polyesters. Be
　図１および図２に示すように、トップシート２および吸収体４は、エンボス加工により厚み方向に圧縮して形成された、トップシート２から吸収体４の内部に至る圧搾溝８を有する。圧搾溝８は、吸収性物品１の中心部分（着用者の体液の***口に当接する部分）に排出された体液が幅方向（Ｘ方向）に拡散するのを抑制する。また、これにより吸収体４からトップシート２が剥がれることを抑制できる。圧搾溝８は、吸収性物品１の中心部分を囲み、連続的な略環状の形状を有する。なお、吸収性物品１の中央部を囲む圧搾溝８は、部分的に途切れていてもよい。すなわち、圧搾溝８は、非連続的な略環状の形状を有していてもよい。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the top sheet 2 and the absorbent body 4 have compressed grooves 8 extending from the top sheet 2 to the inside of the absorbent body 4 which are formed by being compressed in the thickness direction by embossing. The squeeze groove 8 suppresses the diffusion of the body fluid discharged to the central portion of the absorbent article 1 (the portion in contact with the excretory port of the wearer's body fluid) in the width direction (X direction). Moreover, it can suppress that the top sheet 2 peels from the absorber 4 by this. The squeeze groove 8 surrounds the central portion of the absorbent article 1 and has a continuous, substantially annular shape. In addition, the pressing groove 8 surrounding the center part of the absorbent article 1 may be partially disconnected. That is, the pressing groove 8 may have a discontinuous and substantially annular shape.
　また、ヒートエンボス加工によりトップシート２をバックシート３に圧縮接合させることによって、本体部１０の長手方向両側の縁の部分およびウイング部６の幅方向外側の縁の部分にシール部９が形成される。これにより、トップシート２がバックシート３から剥がれないようにできる。さらに、ヒートエンボス加工によってバックシート３とサイドシート５とはウイング部６のシール部９で接合されている。これにより、サイドシート５がバックシート３から剥がれないようにできる。 Further, the compression bonding of the top sheet 2 to the back sheet 3 by heat embossing forms the seal portion 9 on the edge portions on both sides in the longitudinal direction of the main body portion 10 and the edge portion on the width direction outer side of the wing portion 6 Ru. Thereby, the top sheet 2 can be prevented from peeling off from the back sheet 3. Furthermore, the back sheet 3 and the side sheet 5 are joined at the seal portion 9 of the wing portion 6 by heat embossing. Thereby, the side sheet 5 can be prevented from coming off from the back sheet 3.
　次に、上述の血液改質剤を詳細に説明する。血液改質剤は、血液改質剤は、約０．００～約０．６０のＩＯＢと、約４５℃以下の融点と、２５℃の水１００ｇに対する、約０．００～約０．００～約０．０５ｇの水溶解度とを有する。 Next, the above-mentioned blood modifying agent will be described in detail. The blood modifying agent is about 0.00 to about 0.00 to about 100 g of water having a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less and an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60, and 100 g of water at 25 ° C. It has a water solubility of about 0.05 g.
　ＩＯＢ（Ｉｎｏｒｇａｎｉｃ　Ｏｒｇａｎｉｃ　Ｂａｌａｎｃｅ）は、親水性および親油性のバランスを示す指標であり、本明細書では、小田らによる次式：
　ＩＯＢ＝無機性値／有機性値
により算出される値を意味する。 IOB (Inorganic Organic Balance) is an index showing the balance of hydrophilicity and lipophilicity, and in the present specification, the following equation by Oda et al .:
IOB = value calculated by inorganic value / organic value.
　上記無機性値と、有機性値とは、藤田穆「有機化合物の予測と有機概念図」化学の領域Ｖｏｌ．１１，Ｎｏ．１０（１９５７）ｐ．７１９－７２５）に記載される有機概念図に基づく。藤田氏による、主要な基の有機性値および無機性値を、下記表１にまとめる。 The above inorganic values and organic values are described in Satoshi Fujita, "Presence of Organic Compounds and Organic Conceptual Diagram", Chemistry Vol. 11, No. 10 (1957) p. Based on the organic conceptual diagram described in 719-725). The organic and inorganic values of the major groups by Mr. Fujita are summarized in Table 1 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
　たとえば、炭素数１４のテトラデカン酸と、炭素数１２のドデシルアルコールとのエステルの場合には、有機性値が５２０（ＣＨ2，２０×２６個）、無機性値が６０（－ＣＯＯＲ，６０×１個）となるため、ＩＯＢ＝０．１２となる。 For example, in the case of an ester of C14 tetradecanoic acid and C12 dodecyl alcohol, the organic value is 520 (CH 2 , 20 × 26) and the inorganic value is 60 (-COOR, 60 ×). Therefore, IOB = 0.12.
　上記血液改質剤において、ＩＯＢは、約０．００～約０．６０であり、約０．００～約０．５０であることが好ましく、約０．００～約０．４０であることがより好ましく、そして約０～約０．３０であることがさらに好ましい。ＩＯＢが低いほど、有機性が高く、血球との親和性が高くなると考えられるからである。 In the above blood modifying agent, the IOB is about 0.00 to about 0.60, preferably about 0.00 to about 0.50, and about 0.00 to about 0.40. More preferred is about 0 to about 0.30. This is because the lower the IOB, the higher the organicity and the higher the affinity to blood cells.
　本明細書において、「融点」は、示差走査熱量分析計において、昇温速度１０℃／分で測定した場合の、固形状から液状に変化する際の吸熱ピークのピークトップ温度を意味する。上記融点は、たとえば、島津製作所社製のＤＳＣ－６０型ＤＳＣ測定装置を用いて測定することができる。 In the present specification, the "melting point" means the peak top temperature of an endothermic peak when changing from solid state to liquid state when measured at a temperature rising rate of 10 ° C./min in a differential scanning calorimeter. The melting point can be measured, for example, using a DSC-60 type DSC measurement apparatus manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation.
　上記血液改質剤は、約４５℃以下の融点を有すれば、室温で液体であっても、または固体であってもよい、すなわち、融点が約２５℃以上でも、または約２５℃未満でもよく、そしてたとえば、約－５℃、約－２０℃等の融点を有することができる。上記血液改質剤の融点が約４５℃以下である根拠は、後述する。 The blood modifying agent may be liquid or solid at room temperature as long as it has a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less, ie, even if the melting point is about 25 ° C. or more, or less than about 25 ° C. It may well have a melting point such as, for example, about -5.degree. C., about -20.degree. The reason why the melting point of the blood modifying agent is about 45 ° C. or less will be described later.
　上記血液改質剤は、その融点に下限は存在しないが、その蒸気圧が低いことが好ましい。上記血液改質剤の蒸気圧は、１気圧および２５℃で約０．００～約０．０１Ｐａであることが好ましく、約０．０００～約０．００１Ｐａであることがより好ましく、そして約０．００００～約０．０００１Ｐａであることがさらに好ましい。本開示の吸収性物品が、人体に接して用いられることを考慮すると、上記蒸気圧は、１気圧および４０℃で約０．００～約０．０１Ｐａであることが好ましく、約０．０００～約０．００１Ｐａであることがより好ましく、そして約０．００００～約０．０００１Ｐａであることがさらに好ましい。蒸気圧が高いと、保存中に気化し、血液改質剤の量の減少、着用時の臭気等の問題が発生する場合があるからである。 Although there is no lower limit to the melting point of the blood modifying agent, it is preferable that its vapor pressure is low. The vapor pressure of the blood modifying agent is preferably about 0.00 to about 0.01 Pa at 1 atm and 25 ° C., more preferably about 0.000 to about 0.001 Pa, and about 0 More preferably, it is from .0000 to about 0.0001 Pa. Considering that the absorbent article of the present disclosure is used in contact with the human body, the vapor pressure is preferably about 0.00 to about 0.01 Pa at 1 atm and 40 ° C., and about 0.000 to about 0.01 More preferably, it is about 0.001 Pa, and more preferably, about 0.0000 to about 0.0001 Pa. If the vapor pressure is high, it may be vaporized during storage, which may cause problems such as a decrease in the amount of blood modifying agent and an odor when worn.
　また、血液改質剤の融点を、気候、着用時間の長さ等に応じて、使い分けることができる。たとえば、平均気温が約１０℃以下の地域では、約１０℃以下の融点を有する血液改質剤を採用することにより、経血が***された後、周囲温度によって冷却された場合であっても、血液改質剤が、安定して血液を改質することができると考えられる。また、吸収性物品が長時間にわたって使用される場合には、血液改質剤の融点は、４５℃以下の範囲で高い方が好ましい。汗、着用時の摩擦等の影響を受けにくく、長時間着用した場合であっても、血液改質剤が移動しにくいからである。 In addition, the melting point of the blood modifying agent can be properly used depending on the weather, the length of wearing time, and the like. For example, in areas where the average temperature is less than about 10 ° C, menstrual blood may be excreted and then cooled by the ambient temperature by employing a blood modifying agent having a melting point of less than about 10 ° C. It is believed that blood modifying agents can stably modify blood. When the absorbent article is used for a long time, the melting point of the blood modifying agent is preferably higher in the range of 45 ° C. or less. It is because it is hard to be affected by sweat, friction at the time of wearing, etc., and it is difficult for the blood modifying agent to move even when worn for a long time.
　０．００～０．０５ｇの水溶解度は、２５℃において、１００ｇの脱イオン水に、０．０５ｇの試料を添加し、２４時間静置し、２４時間後に、必要に応じて軽く攪拌し、次いで、試料が溶解したか否か目視で評価することにより測定することができる。なお、本明細書では、水溶解度に関して、「溶解」には、試料が脱イオン水に完全に溶解し、均一混合物を形成した場合と、試料が完全にエマルション化した場合とが含まれる。なお、「完全」とは、脱イオン水に、試料の塊が存在しないことを意味する。 For a water solubility of 0.00 to 0.05 g, add a 0.05 g sample to 100 g deionized water at 25 ° C., allow to stand for 24 hours, and after 24 hours, lightly stir as needed, Then, it can be measured by visually evaluating whether the sample has dissolved. As used herein, with regard to water solubility, "dissolving" includes cases where the sample is completely dissolved in deionized water to form a homogeneous mixture and cases where the sample is completely emulsified. "Complete" means that there is no clump of sample in deionized water.
　当技術分野では、血液の表面張力等を変化させ、血液を迅速に吸収することを目的として、トップシートの表面を、界面活性剤でコーティングすることが行われている。しかし、界面活性剤は、一般に水溶解度が高いため、界面活性剤がコーティングされたトップシートは、血液中の親水性成分（血漿等）となじみがよく、むしろ血液をトップシートに残存させるようにはたらく傾向がある。上記血液改質剤は、水溶解度が低いため、従来公知の界面活性剤と異なり、血液をトップシートに残存させず、迅速に吸収体に移行させることができると考えられる。 In the art, the surface of the top sheet is coated with a surfactant for the purpose of changing blood surface tension and the like to rapidly absorb the blood. However, since the surfactant generally has high water solubility, the surfactant-coated top sheet is compatible with hydrophilic components (such as plasma) in the blood, rather the blood remains on the top sheet. There is a tendency to work. Since the above-mentioned blood modifying agent has low water solubility, unlike the conventionally known surfactants, it is considered that blood can be rapidly transferred to the absorber without remaining on the top sheet.
　本明細書において、２５℃における、１００ｇの水に対する溶解度を、単に、「水溶解度」と称する場合がある。 In the present specification, the solubility in 100 g of water at 25 ° C. may be simply referred to as “water solubility”.
　本明細書において、「重量平均分子量」は、多分散系の化合物（たとえば、逐次重合により製造された化合物、複数の脂肪酸と、複数の脂肪族１価アルコールとから生成されたエステル）と、単一化合物（たとえば、１種の脂肪酸と、１種の脂肪族１価アルコールから生成されたエステル）とを含む概念であり、Ｎi個の分子量Ｍiの分子（ｉ＝１、またはｉ＝１，２・・・）からなる系において、次の式：
　Ｍw＝ΣＮiＭi 2／ΣＮiＭi
により求められるＭwを意味する。 In the present specification, “weight-average molecular weight” refers to a polydispersed compound (for example, a compound produced by sequential polymerization, an ester produced from a plurality of fatty acids and a plurality of aliphatic monohydric alcohols), and It is a concept that includes one compound (for example, one fatty acid and an ester formed from one aliphatic monohydric alcohol), and N i molecular weight M i molecules (i = 1 or i = 1) , 2...) In the system:
M w = ΣN i M i 2 / ΣN i M i
Means M w determined by
　本明細書において、重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー（ＧＰＣ）により求められる、ポリスチレン換算の値を意味する。ＧＰＣの測定条件としては、たとえば、以下が挙げられる。
　機種：（株）日立ハイテクノロジーズ製　高速液体クロマトグラム　Ｌａｃｈｒｏｍ　Ｅｌｉｔｅ
　カラム：昭和電工（株）製　ＳＨＯＤＥＸ　ＫＦ－８０１、ＫＦ－８０３およびＫＦ－８０４
　溶離液：ＴＨＦ
　流量　：１．０ｍＬ／分
　打込み量：１００μＬ
　検出：ＲＩ（示差屈折計）
　なお、本明細書の実施例に記載される重量平均分子量は、上記条件により測定したものである。 In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight means a value in terms of polystyrene, which is determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). Examples of GPC measurement conditions include the following.
Model: High-performance liquid chromatogram Lachrom Elite manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation
Column: Showa Denko KK SHODEX KF-801, KF-803 and KF-804
Eluent: THF
Flow rate: 1.0 mL / min Implanted volume: 100 μL
Detection: RI (differential refractometer)
In addition, the weight average molecular weight described in the Example of this specification is measured based on the said conditions.
　上記血液改質剤は、好ましくは、次の（ｉ）～（ｉｉｉ）、
　（ｉ）炭化水素、
　（ｉｉ）　（ｉｉ－１）炭化水素部分と、（ｉｉ－２）上記炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、カルボニル基（－ＣＯ－）およびオキシ基（－Ｏ－）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる基とを有する化合物、および
　（ｉｉｉ）　（ｉｉｉ－１）炭化水素部分と、（ｉｉｉ－２）上記炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、カルボニル基（－ＣＯ－）およびオキシ基（－Ｏ－）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる基と、（ｉｉｉ－３）上記炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、カルボキシル基（－ＣＯＯＨ）およびヒドロキシル基（－ＯＨ）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる基とを有する化合物、
　ならびにそれらの任意の組み合わせから成る群から選択される。 The above blood modifying agent is preferably selected from the following (i) to (iii),
(I) Hydrocarbons,
(Ii) from a carbonyl group (-CO-) and an oxy group (-O-) inserted between (ii-1) a hydrocarbon moiety and (ii-2) a C-C single bond of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon moiety A compound having one or more same or different groups selected from the group consisting of: (iii) (iii-1) a hydrocarbon moiety, and (iii-2) a C—C single bond of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon moiety (Iii-3) one or more, same or different group selected from the group consisting of carbonyl group (-CO-) and oxy group (-O-) inserted between (iii-3) A compound having one or more and the same or different groups selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group (—COOH) and a hydroxyl group (—OH), which substitutes a hydrogen atom,
And any combination thereof.
　本明細書において、「炭化水素」は、炭素と水素とから成る化合物を意味し、鎖状炭化水素、たとえば、パラフィン系炭化水素（二重結合および三重結合を含まない、アルカンとも称される）、オレフィン系炭化水素（二重結合を１つ含む、アルケンとも称される）、アセチレン系炭化水素（三重結合を１つ含む、アルキンとも称される）、および二重結合および三重結合から成る群から選択される結合を２つ以上含む炭化水素、ならびに環状炭化水素、たとえば、芳香族炭化水素、脂環式炭化水素が挙げられる。 In the present specification, "hydrocarbon" means a compound consisting of carbon and hydrogen, and is a chain hydrocarbon, for example, paraffinic hydrocarbon (also referred to as alkane not containing double bond and triple bond) Olefinic hydrocarbons (containing one double bond, also called alkenes), acetylenic hydrocarbons (containing one triple bond, also called alkynes), and a group consisting of double bonds and triple bonds And hydrocarbons containing two or more bonds selected from, as well as cyclic hydrocarbons such as aromatic hydrocarbons and alicyclic hydrocarbons.
　上記炭化水素としては、鎖状炭化水素および脂環式炭化水素であることが好ましく、鎖状炭化水素であることがより好ましく、パラフィン系炭化水素、オレフィン系炭化水素、および二重結合を２つ以上含む炭化水素（三重結合を含まない）であることがさらに好ましく、そしてパラフィン系炭化水素であることがさらに好ましい。上記鎖状炭化水素には、直鎖状炭化水素および分岐鎖状炭化水素が含まれる。 The hydrocarbon is preferably a chain hydrocarbon and an alicyclic hydrocarbon, more preferably a chain hydrocarbon, a paraffin hydrocarbon, an olefin hydrocarbon and two double bonds. It is more preferable that it is the hydrocarbon (it does not contain a triple bond) which contains above, and it is still more preferable that it is a paraffinic hydrocarbon. The chained hydrocarbons include straight chained hydrocarbons and branched chained hydrocarbons.
　上記（ｉｉ）および（ｉｉｉ）の化合物において、オキシ基（－Ｏ－）が２つ以上挿入されている場合には、各オキシ基（－Ｏ－）は隣接していない。したがって、上記（ｉｉ）および（ｉｉｉ）の化合物には、オキシ基が連続する化合物（いわゆる、過酸化物）は含まれない。 In the compounds (ii) and (iii), when two or more oxy groups (—O—) are inserted, each oxy group (—O—) is not adjacent. Accordingly, the compounds (ii) and (iii) do not include compounds in which the oxy group is continuous (so-called peroxides).
　また、上記（ｉｉｉ）の化合物では、炭化水素部分の少なくとも１つの水素原子が、カルボキシル基（－ＣＯＯＨ）で置換された化合物よりも、炭化水素部分の少なくとも１つの水素原子が、ヒドロキシル基（－ＯＨ）で置換された化合物の方が好ましい。表１に示すように、カルボキシル基は、経血中の金属等と結合し、無機性値が１５０から、４００以上へと大幅に上昇するため、カルボキシル基を有する血液改質剤は、使用時にＩＯＢの値が約０．６０を上回り、血球との親和性が低下する可能性があるからである。 Further, in the compound of (iii) above, at least one hydrogen atom of the hydrocarbon moiety is a hydroxyl group (-) rather than a compound in which at least one hydrogen atom of the hydrocarbon moiety is substituted with a carboxyl group (-COOH). Compounds substituted with OH) are preferred. As shown in Table 1, since the carboxyl group binds to metals and the like in blood, and the inorganic value greatly increases from 150 to 400 or more, the blood modifying agent having a carboxyl group is used at the time of use This is because the IOB value may exceed about 0.60 and the affinity to blood cells may be reduced.
　上記血液改質剤は、より好ましくは、次の（ｉ’）～（ｉｉｉ’）、
　（ｉ’）炭化水素、
　（ｉｉ’）　（ｉｉ’－１）炭化水素部分と、（ｉｉ’－２）上記炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、カーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）、およびエーテル結合（－Ｏ－）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる結合とを有する化合物、および
　（ｉｉｉ’）　（ｉｉｉ’－１）炭化水素部分と、（ｉｉｉ’－２）上記炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、カーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）、およびエーテル結合（－Ｏ－）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる結合と、（ｉｉｉ’－３）上記炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、カルボキシル基（－ＣＯＯＨ）およびヒドロキシル基（－ＯＨ）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる基とを有する化合物、
ならびにそれらの任意の組み合わせから成る群から選択される。 More preferably, the above blood modifying agent comprises the following (i ') to (iii'),
(I ') hydrocarbons,
(Ii ') (ii'-1) a hydrocarbon moiety, and (ii'-2) a carbonyl bond (-CO-), an ester bond (-COO) inserted between a C-C single bond of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon moiety -), A compound having one or more same or different bonds selected from the group consisting of carbonate bond (-OCOO-), and ether bond (-O-), and (iii ') (iii'-) 1) Carbonyl bond (-CO-), ester bond (-COO-), carbonate bond (-OCOO) inserted between the hydrocarbon moiety and the C-C single bond of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon moiety (iii'-2) A carboxyl group (-), and one or more, same or different bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond (-O-) and (iii'-3) a hydrogen atom of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon moiety -COOH Compounds having one or more same or different groups selected from the group consisting of) and hydroxyl groups (—OH),
And any combination thereof.
　上記（ｉｉ’）および（ｉｉｉ’）の化合物において、２以上の同一または異なる結合が挿入されている場合、すなわち、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、カーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）およびエーテル結合（－Ｏ－）から選択される２以上の同一または異なる結合が挿入されている場合には、各結合は隣接しておらず、各結合の間には、少なくとも、炭素原子が１つ介在する。 In the compounds of (ii ′) and (iii ′) above, two or more identical or different bonds are inserted, ie, a carbonyl bond (—CO—), an ester bond (—COO—), a carbonate bond (— When two or more identical or different bonds selected from OCOO-) and an ether bond (-O-) are inserted, each bond is not adjacent, and at least carbon is separated between each bond. One atom intervenes.
　上記血液改質剤は、さらに好ましくは、炭化水素部分中に、炭素原子１０個当たり、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）を約１．８個以下、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）を２個以下、カーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）を約１．５個以下、エーテル結合（－Ｏ－）を約６個以下、カルボキシル基（－ＣＯＯＨ）を約０．８個以下、そして／またはヒドロキシル基（－ＯＨ）を約１．２個以下有する化合物であることができる。 More preferably, the blood modifying agent has about 1.8 or less carbonyl bonds (-CO-) and 2 or less ester bonds (-COO-) per 10 carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon moiety. About 1.5 or less carbonate bond (-OCOO-), about 6 or less ether bond (-O-), about 0.8 or less carboxyl group (-COOH), and / or hydroxyl group (-OH) Or a compound having about 1.2 or less).
　上記血液改質剤は、さらに好ましくは、次の（Ａ）～（Ｆ）、
　（Ａ）　（Ａ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物と、（Ａ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のカルボキシル基とを有する化合物とのエステル、
　（Ｂ）　（Ｂ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物と、（Ｂ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物とのエーテル、
　（Ｃ）　（Ｃ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、２～４個のカルボキシル基とを含むカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、（Ｃ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物とのエステル、
　（Ｄ）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、エーテル結合（－Ｏ－）、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、およびカーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）から成る群から選択されるいずれか１つの結合とを有する化合物、
　（Ｅ）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール、またはそのアルキルエステルもしくはアルキルエーテル、および
　（Ｆ）鎖状炭化水素、
　ならびにそれらの任意の組み合わせから成る群から選択される。以下、（Ａ）～（Ｆ）に従う血液改質剤について詳細に説明する。 More preferably, the above blood modifying agent is any of the following (A) to (F),
(A) A compound having (A1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (A2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the above chain Ester with a compound having one carboxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety,
(B) A compound having (B1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (B2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the above chain Ether with a compound having one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety,
(C) a carboxylic acid, a hydroxy acid, an alkoxy acid or an oxo acid containing a (C1) linear hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 carboxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety; C2) an ester of a compound having a chain hydrocarbon moiety and one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety,
(D) A chain hydrocarbon moiety and an ether bond (-O-), a carbonyl bond (-CO-), an ester bond (-COO-) inserted between the C-C single bond of the chain hydrocarbon moiety and the chain hydrocarbon moiety ), And a compound having any one bond selected from the group consisting of carbonate bonds (—OCOO—),
(E) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol or its alkyl ester or alkyl ether, and (F) chain hydrocarbon
And any combination thereof. Hereinafter, the blood modifying agent according to (A) to (F) will be described in detail.
［（Ａ）　（Ａ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物と、（Ａ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のカルボキシル基とを有する化合物とのエステル］
　（Ａ）　（Ａ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物と、（Ａ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のカルボキシル基とを有する化合物とのエステル（以下、「化合物（Ａ）」と称する場合がある）は、上述のＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度を有する限り、全てのヒドロキシル基がエステル化されていなくともよい。 [(A) (A1) a compound having a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (A2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and Ester with a compound having one carboxyl group replacing a hydrogen atom of a linear hydrocarbon moiety]
(A) A compound having (A1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (A2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the above chain Ester with a compound having one carboxyl group replacing hydrogen atoms in the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (A)”) has the above-mentioned IOB, melting point and water solubility And all hydroxyl groups may not be esterified.
　（Ａ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物（以下、「化合物（Ａ１）」と称する場合がある）としては、たとえば、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、たとえば、アルカンテトラオール、たとえば、ペンタエリトリトール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、たとえば、アルカントリオール、たとえば、グリセリン、および鎖状炭化水素ジオール、たとえば、アルカンジオール、たとえば、グリコールが挙げられる。
　（Ａ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のカルボキシル基とを有する化合物（以下、「化合物（Ａ２）」と称する場合がある）としては、たとえば、炭化水素上の１つの水素原子が、１つのカルボキシル基（－ＣＯＯＨ）で置換された化合物、たとえば、脂肪酸が挙げられる。
　化合物（Ａ）としては、たとえば、（ａ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル、（ａ2）鎖状炭化水素トリオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル、および（ａ3）鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステルが挙げられる。 (A1) a compound having a chain hydrocarbon portion and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the above chain hydrocarbon portion (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (A1)”) For example, chain hydrocarbon tetraols such as alkanetetraols such as pentaerythritol, chain hydrocarbon triols such as alkanetriols such as glycerin, and chain hydrocarbon diols such as alkane diols such as Glycol is mentioned.
Examples of (A2) a compound having a chain hydrocarbon portion and one carboxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon portion (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (A2)”) include, for example, And compounds in which one hydrogen atom on a hydrocarbon is substituted with one carboxyl group (—COOH), such as fatty acid.
Examples of the compound (A) include an ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid, an ester of (a 2 ) chain hydrocarbon triol and at least one fatty acid, and (a 3 And esters of linear hydrocarbon diols and at least one fatty acid.
［（ａ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル］
　上記鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、たとえば、次の式（１）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 のペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのテトラエステル、次の式（２）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 のペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのトリエステル、次の式（３）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 のペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのジエステル、次の式（４）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 のペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのモノエステルが挙げられる。
（式中、Ｒ1～Ｒ4は、それぞれ、鎖状炭化水素である） [Ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid]
The ester of the above linear hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid may be, for example, the following formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 Tetraester of pentaerythritol with fatty acid, the following formula (2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 Triester of pentaerythritol with fatty acid, the following formula (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 A diester of pentaerythritol with fatty acid, the following formula (4):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 And monoesters of fatty acid with pentaerythritol.
(Wherein, R 1 to R 4 are each a chain hydrocarbon)
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのエステルを構成する脂肪酸（Ｒ1ＣＯＯＨ、Ｒ2ＣＯＯＨ，Ｒ3ＣＯＯＨ，およびＲ4ＣＯＯＨ）としては、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのエステルが、上記ＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度の要件を満たすものであれば、特に制限されないが、たとえば、飽和脂肪酸、たとえば、Ｃ2～Ｃ30の飽和脂肪酸、たとえば、酢酸（Ｃ2）（Ｃ2は、炭素数を示し、Ｒ1Ｃ、Ｒ2Ｃ，Ｒ3ＣまたはＲ4Ｃの炭素数に相当する、以下同じ）、プロパン酸（Ｃ3）、ブタン酸（Ｃ4）およびその異性体、たとえば、２－メチルプロパン酸（Ｃ4）、ペンタン酸（Ｃ5）およびその異性体、たとえば、２－メチルブタン酸（Ｃ5）、２，２－ジメチルプロパン酸（Ｃ5）、ヘキサン酸（Ｃ6）、ヘプタン酸（Ｃ7）、オクタン酸（Ｃ8）およびその異性体、たとえば、２－エチルヘキサン酸（Ｃ8）、ノナン酸（Ｃ9）、デカン酸（Ｃ10）、ドデカン酸（Ｃ12）、テトラデカン酸（Ｃ14）、ヘキサデカン酸（Ｃ16）、ヘプタデカン酸（Ｃ17）、オクタデカン酸（Ｃ18）、エイコサン酸（Ｃ20）、ドコサン酸（Ｃ22）、テトラコサン酸（Ｃ24）、ヘキサコサン酸（Ｃ26）、オクタコサン酸（Ｃ28）、トリアコンタン酸（Ｃ30）等、ならびにこれらの異性体（上述のものを除く）が挙げられる。 As fatty acids (R 1 COOH, R 2 COOH, R 3 COOH, and R 4 COOH) constituting esters of pentaerythritol and fatty acids, esters of pentaerythritol and fatty acids have the above IOB, melting point and water solubility For example, saturated fatty acids such as C 2 to C 30 saturated fatty acids, for example, acetic acid (C 2 ) (C 2 represents a carbon number, R 1 C, R 2 C, R 3 C or R 4 C, which corresponds to the carbon number of R 2 C, hereinafter the same), propanoic acid (C 3 ), butanoic acid (C 4 ) and isomers thereof, for example, 2-methylpropanoic acid (C 4) ), pentanoic acid (C 5) and isomers thereof such as 2-methylbutanoic acid (C 5), 2,2-dimethyl propanoic acid (C 5), hexanoic acid (C 6), heptanoic acid (C 7) Octanoic acid (C 8) and isomers thereof, e.g., 2-ethylhexanoic acid (C 8), nonanoic acid (C 9), decanoic acid (C 10), dodecanoic acid (C 12), tetradecanoic acid (C 14) , Hexadecanoic acid (C 16 ), heptadecanoic acid (C 17 ), octadecanoic acid (C 18 ), eicosanoic acid (C 20 ), docosanoic acid (C 22 ), tetracosanoic acid (C 24 ), hexacosanoic acid (C 26 ), Examples include octacosanoic acid (C 28 ), triacontanic acid (C 30 ) and the like, as well as their isomers (except those mentioned above).
　上記脂肪酸はまた、不飽和脂肪酸であることができる。上記不飽和脂肪酸としては、たとえば、Ｃ3～Ｃ20の不飽和脂肪酸、たとえば、モノ不飽和脂肪酸、たとえば、クロトン酸（Ｃ4）、ミリストレイン酸（Ｃ14）、パルミトレイン酸（Ｃ16）、オレイン酸（Ｃ18）、エライジン酸（Ｃ18）、バクセン酸（Ｃ18）、ガドレイン酸（Ｃ20）、エイコセン酸（Ｃ20）等、ジ不飽和脂肪酸、たとえば、リノール酸（Ｃ18）、エイコサジエン酸（Ｃ20）等、トリ不飽和脂肪酸、たとえば、リノレン酸、たとえば、α-リノレン酸（Ｃ18）およびγ-リノレン酸（Ｃ18）、ピノレン酸（Ｃ18）、エレオステアリン酸、たとえば、α-エレオステアリン酸（Ｃ18）およびβ-エレオステアリン酸（Ｃ18）、ミード酸（Ｃ20）、ジホモ-γ-リノレン酸（Ｃ20）、エイコサトリエン酸（Ｃ20）等、テトラ不飽和脂肪酸、たとえば、ステアリドン酸（Ｃ20）、アラキドン酸（Ｃ20）、エイコサテトラエン酸（Ｃ20）等、ペンタ不飽和脂肪酸、たとえば、ボセオペンタエン酸（Ｃ18）、エイコサペンタエン酸（Ｃ20）等、ならびにこれらの部分水素付加物が挙げられる。 The fatty acids can also be unsaturated fatty acids. Examples of the unsaturated fatty acids include C 3 -C 20 unsaturated fatty acids such as monounsaturated fatty acids such as crotonic acid (C 4 ), myristoleic acid (C 14 ), palmitoleic acid (C 16 ), Oleic acid (C 18 ), elaidic acid (C 18 ), vacenic acid (C 18 ), gadeuric acid (C 20 ), eicosenic acid (C 20 ), etc., diunsaturated fatty acids such as linoleic acid (C 18 ), Eicosadienoic acid (C 20 ) and the like, triunsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid, for example α-linolenic acid (C 18 ) and γ-linolenic acid (C 18 ), pinolenic acid (C 18 ), eleostearic acid, For example, α-eleostearic acid (C 18 ) and β-eleostearic acid (C 18 ), meade acid (C 20 ), dihomo-γ-linolenic acid (C 20 ), eicosatrienoic acid (C 20 ) Etc, tetra-unsaturated Fatty acid, e.g., stearidonic acid (C 20), arachidonic acid (C 20), eicosatetraenoic acid (C 20), etc., penta-unsaturated fatty acids, for example, bosseopentaenoic acid (C 18), eicosapentaenoic acid (C 20 And the like, as well as partial hydrogenated adducts thereof.
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、酸化等により変性する可能性を考慮すると、飽和脂肪酸に由来する、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのエステル、すなわち、ペンタエリトリトールと飽和脂肪酸とのエステルであることが好ましい。また、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、ＩＯＢを小さくし、より疎水性とするために、ジエステル、トリエステルまたはテトラエステルであることが好ましく、トリエステルまたはテトラエステルであることがより好ましく、そしてテトラエステルであることがさらに好ましい。 The ester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid is an ester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid derived from saturated fatty acid, that is, an ester of pentaerythritol and saturated fatty acid, in consideration of the possibility of modification by oxidation etc. preferable. Further, as the ester of pentaerythritol and a fatty acid, in order to make IOB small and make it more hydrophobic, it is preferable to be a diester, a triester or a tetraester, and a triester or a tetraester is more preferable. And tetra-esters are more preferred.
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのテトラエステルでは、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのテトラエステルを構成する脂肪酸の炭素数の合計、すなわち、上記式（１）において、Ｒ1Ｃ、Ｒ2Ｃ、Ｒ3ＣおよびＲ4Ｃ部分の炭素数の合計が１５の場合にＩＯＢが０．６０となる。したがって、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのテトラエステルでは、上記炭素数の合計が約１５以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのテトラエステルでは、たとえば、ペンタエリトリトールと、ヘキサン酸（Ｃ6）、ヘプタン酸（Ｃ7）、オクタン酸（Ｃ8）、たとえば、２－エチルヘキサン酸（Ｃ8）、ノナン酸（Ｃ9）、デカン酸（Ｃ10）および／またはドデカン酸（Ｃ12）とのテトラエステルが挙げられる。 In the tetraester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the tetraester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, that is, in the above formula (1), R 1 C, R 2 C, R 3 C and When the total number of carbons in the R 4 C portion is 15, the IOB is 0.60. Therefore, in the case of tetraester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total number of carbons is about 15 or more. Examples of the tetraester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid include pentaerythritol, hexanoic acid (C 6 ), heptanoic acid (C 7 ), octanoic acid (C 8 ), for example, 2-ethylhexanoic acid (C 8 ), These include tetraesters with nonanoic acid (C 9 ), decanoic acid (C 10 ) and / or dodecanoic acid (C 12 ).
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのトリエステルでは、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのトリエステルを構成する脂肪酸の炭素数の合計、すなわち、上記式（２）において、Ｒ1Ｃ、Ｒ2ＣおよびＲ3Ｃ部分の炭素数の合計が１９の場合にＩＯＢが０．５８となる。したがって、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのトリエステルでは、脂肪酸の炭素数の合計が約１９以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the above-described triester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, the total carbon number of the fatty acid constituting the triester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, that is, the R 1 C, R 2 C and R 3 C moieties in the above formula (2) The IOB is 0.58 when the sum of the carbon numbers of these is 19. Therefore, in the case of the triester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of fatty acid is about 19 or more.
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのジエステルでは、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのジエステルを構成する脂肪酸の炭素数の合計、すなわち、上記式（３）において、Ｒ1ＣおよびＲ2Ｃ部分の炭素数の合計が２２の場合にＩＯＢが０．５９となる。したがって、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのジエステルでは、脂肪酸の炭素数の合計が約２２以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the diester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the diester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, that is, the total carbon number of R 1 C and R 2 C in the above formula (3) is In the case of 22, the IOB is 0.59. Accordingly, in the diester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of fatty acid is about 22 or more.
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのモノエステルでは、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのモノエステルを構成する脂肪酸の炭素数、すなわち、上記式（４）において、Ｒ1Ｃ部分の炭素数が２５の場合にＩＯＢが０．６０となる。したがって、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのモノエステルでは、脂肪酸の炭素数が約２５以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。なお、上記計算に当たっては、二重結合、三重結合、ｉｓｏ分岐、およびｔｅｒｔ分岐の影響は、考慮していない。 In the monoester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, when the carbon number of the fatty acid constituting the monoester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, that is, the carbon number of R 1 C portion in the above formula (4) is 25, IOB is It will be 0.60. Therefore, in the monoester of pentaerythritol and fatty acid, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the carbon number of the fatty acid is about 25 or more. In the above calculation, the effects of double bond, triple bond, iso branch and tert branch are not taken into consideration.
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪酸とのエステルの市販品としては、ユニスター　Ｈ－４０８ＢＲＳ、Ｈ－２４０８ＢＲＳ－２２（混合品）等（以上、日油株式会社製）が挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available esters of pentaerythritol and fatty acid include Unistar H-408 BRS, H-2408 BRS-22 (mixed product), etc. (all manufactured by NOF Corporation).
［（ａ2）鎖状炭化水素トリオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル］
　上記鎖状炭化水素トリオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、たとえば、次の式（５）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 のグリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル、次の式（６）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 のグリセリンと脂肪酸とのジエステル、および次の式（７）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 （式中、Ｒ5～Ｒ7は、それぞれ、鎖状炭化水素である）
のグリセリンと脂肪酸とのモノエステルが挙げられる。 [Ester of (a 2 ) chain hydrocarbon triol and at least one fatty acid]
The ester of the above linear hydrocarbon triol and at least one fatty acid may be, for example, the following formula (5):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 Triester of glycerin and fatty acid, the following formula (6):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 A diester of glycerin and a fatty acid, and the following formula (7):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 (Wherein, each of R 5 to R 7 is a chain hydrocarbon)
And monoesters of glycerin and fatty acids.
　上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのエステルを構成する脂肪酸（Ｒ5ＣＯＯＨ、Ｒ6ＣＯＯＨおよびＲ7ＣＯＯＨ）としては、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのエステルが、上記ＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度の要件を満たすものであれば、特に制限されず、たとえば、「（ａ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル」において列挙される脂肪酸、すなわち、飽和脂肪酸および不飽和脂肪酸が挙げられ、酸化等により変性する可能性を考慮すると、飽和脂肪酸に由来する、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのエステル、すなわち、グリセリンと飽和脂肪酸とのエステルであることが好ましい。 As fatty acids (R 5 COOH, R 6 COOH and R 7 COOH) constituting the ester of glycerin and fatty acid, if the ester of glycerin and fatty acid satisfies the requirements of the above IOB, melting point and water solubility The fatty acids listed in the “ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid” are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include saturated fatty acids and unsaturated fatty acids, which are modified by oxidation etc. In consideration of the possibility of doing so, an ester of glycerin and a fatty acid derived from a saturated fatty acid, that is, an ester of glycerin and a saturated fatty acid is preferable.
　また、上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、ＩＯＢを小さくし、より疎水性とするために、ジエステルまたはトリエステルであることが好ましく、そしてトリエステルであることがより好ましい。 Moreover, as ester of glycerol and a fatty acid, in order to make IOB small and to make it more hydrophobic, it is preferable that it is diester or triester, and it is more preferable that it is triester.
　上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルは、トリグリセリドとも称され、たとえば、グリセリンとオクタン酸（Ｃ8）とのトリエステル、グリセリンとデカン酸（Ｃ10）とのトリエステル、グリセリンとドデカン酸（Ｃ12）とのトリエステル、およびグリセリンと、２種または３種の脂肪酸とのトリエステル、ならびにこれらの混合物が挙げられる。 The above-mentioned triester of glycerin and fatty acid is also referred to as triglyceride, for example, triester of glycerin and octanoic acid (C 8 ), triester of glycerin and decanoic acid (C 10 ), glycerin and dodecanoic acid (C 12 And triesters of glycerin with two or three fatty acids, and mixtures thereof.
　上記グリセリンと、２種以上の脂肪酸とのトリエステルとしては、たとえば、グリセリンと、オクタン酸（Ｃ8）およびデカン酸（Ｃ10）とのトリエステル、グリセリンと、オクタン酸（Ｃ8）、デカン酸（Ｃ10）およびドデカン酸（Ｃ12）とのトリエステル、グリセリンと、オクタン酸（Ｃ8）、デカン酸（Ｃ10）、ドデカン酸（Ｃ12）、テトラデカン酸（Ｃ14）、ヘキサデカン酸（Ｃ16）およびオクタデカン酸（Ｃ18）とのトリエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the triester of the above glycerin and two or more fatty acids include triester of glycerin and octanoic acid (C 8 ) and decanoic acid (C 10 ), glycerin, octanoic acid (C 8 ), decane Acid (C 10 ) and triester with dodecanoic acid (C 12 ), glycerin and octanoic acid (C 8 ), decanoic acid (C 10 ), dodecanoic acid (C 12 ), tetradecanoic acid (C 14 ), hexadecanoic acid Examples thereof include triesters with (C 16 ) and octadecanoic acid (C 18 ).
　上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルとしては、融点を約４５℃以下とするために、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルを構成する脂肪酸の炭素数の合計、すなわち、式（５）において、Ｒ5Ｃ、Ｒ6ＣおよびＲ7Ｃ部分の炭素数の合計が、約４０以下であることが好ましい。 As the above-mentioned triester of glycerin and fatty acid, in order to set the melting point to about 45 ° C. or less, the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the triester of glycerin and fatty acid, ie, R 5 C in the formula (5) Preferably, the sum of the carbon numbers of the R 6 C and R 7 C moieties is about 40 or less.
　また、上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルでは、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルを構成する脂肪酸の炭素数の合計、すなわち、式（５）において、Ｒ5Ｃ、Ｒ6ＣおよびＲ7Ｃ部分の炭素数の合計が１２の場合にＩＯＢが０．６０となる。したがって、上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルでは、脂肪酸の炭素数の合計が約１２以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルは、いわゆる、脂肪であり、人体を構成しうる成分であるため、安全性の観点から好ましい。 Further, in the above-mentioned triester of glycerin and fatty acid, the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the triester of glycerin and fatty acid, that is, in the formula (5), the R 5 C, R 6 C and R 7 C moieties When the total carbon number is 12, the IOB is 0.60. Therefore, in the above-mentioned triesters of glycerin and fatty acid, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of fatty acid is about 12 or more. The above-mentioned triester of glycerin and a fatty acid is a so-called fat and is a component that can constitute the human body, and thus is preferable from the viewpoint of safety.
　上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルの市販品としては、トリヤシ油脂肪酸グリセリド、ＮＡ３６、パナセート８００、パナセート８００Ｂおよびパナセート８１０Ｓ、ならびにトリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリドおよびトリＣＬ油脂肪酸グリセリド（以上、日油株式会社製）等が挙げられる。 Commercial products of the above triester of glycerin and fatty acid include tricotic oil fatty acid glyceride, NA36, PANACET 800, PANACET 800B and PANACET 810S, and avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride and triCL oil fatty acid glyceride (manufactured by NOF CORPORATION) Etc.).
　上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのジエステルは、ジグリセリドとも称され、たとえば、グリセリンとデカン酸（Ｃ10）とのジエステル、グリセリンとドデカン酸（Ｃ12）とのジエステル、グリセリンとヘキサデカン酸（Ｃ16）とのジエステル、およびグリセリンと、２種の脂肪酸とのジエステル、ならびにこれらの混合物が挙げられる。 The above-mentioned diester of glycerin and fatty acid is also referred to as diglyceride, for example, a diester of glycerin and decanoic acid (C 10 ), a diester of glycerin and dodecanoic acid (C 12 ), and glycerin and hexadecanoic acid (C 16 ) Included are diesters and diesters of glycerin with two fatty acids, and mixtures thereof.
　上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのジエステルでは、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのジエステルを構成する脂肪酸の炭素数の合計、すなわち、式（６）において、Ｒ5ＣおよびＲ6Ｃ部分の炭素数の合計が１６の場合にＩＯＢが０．５８となる。したがって、上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのジエステルでは、脂肪酸の炭素数の合計が約１６以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the case of a diester of glycerin and a fatty acid, the total carbon number of fatty acids constituting the diester of glycerin and fatty acid, ie, the case where the total carbon number of R 5 C and R 6 C moieties in the formula (6) is 16 The IOB is 0.58. Therefore, in the case of the diester of glycerin and fatty acid, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of fatty acid is about 16 or more.
　上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのモノエステルは、モノグリセリドとも称され、たとえば、グリセリンのイコサン酸（Ｃ20）モノエステル、グリセリンのドコサン酸（Ｃ22）モノエステル等が挙げられる。上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのモノエステルでは、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのモノエステルを構成する脂肪酸の炭素数、すなわち、式（７）において、Ｒ5Ｃ部分の炭素数が１９の場合にＩＯＢが０．５９となる。したがって、上記グリセリンと脂肪酸とのモノエステルでは、脂肪酸の炭素数が約１９以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 The monoester of glycerin and fatty acid is also referred to as monoglyceride, and examples thereof include icosanoic acid (C 20 ) monoester of glycerin, docosanoic acid (C 22 ) monoester of glycerin and the like. In the monoester of glycerin and fatty acid, the carbon number of fatty acid constituting the monoester of glycerin and fatty acid, that is, in the formula (7), the IOB is 0.59 when the carbon number of the R 5 C portion is 19 It becomes. Therefore, in the monoester of glycerin and fatty acid, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the carbon number of the fatty acid is about 19 or more.
［（ａ3）鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル］
　上記鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、たとえば、Ｃ2～Ｃ6の鎖状炭化水素ジオール、たとえば、Ｃ2～Ｃ6のグリコール、たとえば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、ペンチレングリコールまたはヘキシレングリコールと、脂肪酸とのモノエステルまたはジエステルが挙げられる。 [Ester of (a 3 ) chain hydrocarbon diol and at least one fatty acid]
Examples of esters of the above linear hydrocarbon diol and at least one fatty acid include C 2 to C 6 linear hydrocarbon diols, such as C 2 to C 6 glycols, such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butylene And mono- or diesters of glycol, pentylene glycol or hexylene glycol with fatty acids.
　具体的には、上記鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、たとえば、次の式（８）：
　Ｒ8ＣＯＯＣkＨ2kＯＣＯＲ9　（８）
（式中、ｋは、２～６の整数であり、そしてＲ8およびＲ9は、それぞれ、鎖状炭化水素である）
のＣ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのジエステル、および次の式（９）：
　Ｒ8ＣＯＯＣkＨ2kＯＨ　（９）
（式中、ｋは、２～６の整数であり、そしてＲ8は、鎖状炭化水素である）
のＣ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのモノエステルが挙げられる。 Specifically, as the ester of the above linear hydrocarbon diol and at least one fatty acid, for example, the following formula (8):
R 8 COOC k H 2k OCOR 9 (8)
(Wherein k is an integer of 2 to 6 and R 8 and R 9 are each a chain hydrocarbon)
A diester of a C 2 -C 6 glycol with a fatty acid, and the following formula (9):
R 8 COOC k H 2k OH (9)
(Wherein k is an integer of 2 to 6 and R 8 is a chain hydrocarbon)
And monoesters of fatty acid with C 2 -C 6 glycol.
　上記Ｃ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのエステルにおいて、エステル化すべき脂肪酸（式（８）および式（９）において、Ｒ8ＣＯＯＨおよびＲ9ＣＯＯＨに相当する）としては、Ｃ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのエステルが、上記ＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度の要件を満たすものであれば、特に制限されず、たとえば、「（ａ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル」において列挙されている脂肪酸、すなわち、飽和脂肪酸および不飽和脂肪酸が挙げられ、酸化等により変性する可能性を考慮すると、飽和脂肪酸が好ましい。 In the ester of C 2 to C 6 glycol and fatty acid, as the fatty acid to be esterified (corresponding to R 8 COOH and R 9 COOH in the formula (8) and the formula (9)), C 2 to C 6 glycol No particular limitation is imposed on the ester of fatty acid with the fatty acid, provided that it satisfies the requirements of the above IOB, melting point and water solubility, for example, "ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol with at least one fatty acid" The fatty acids listed in the above, ie, saturated fatty acids and unsaturated fatty acids, may be mentioned, and in view of the possibility of modification by oxidation etc., saturated fatty acids are preferred.
　式（８）に示されるブチレングリコール（ｋ＝４）と脂肪酸とのジエステルでは、Ｒ8ＣおよびＲ9Ｃ部分の炭素数の合計が６の場合に、ＩＯＢが、０．６０となる。したがって、式（８）に示されるブチレングリコール（ｋ＝４）と脂肪酸とのジエステルでは、上記炭素数の合計が約６以上の場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。また、式（９）に示されるエチレングリコール（ｋ＝２）と脂肪酸とのモノエステルでは、Ｒ8Ｃ部分の炭素数が１２の場合に、ＩＯＢが０．５７となる。したがって、式（９）に示されるエチレングリコール（ｋ＝２）と脂肪酸とのモノエステルでは、脂肪酸の炭素数が約１２以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the case of the diester of butylene glycol (k = 4) and a fatty acid shown in the formula (8), the IOB is 0.60 when the total carbon number of the R 8 C and R 9 C moieties is six. Therefore, in the case of the diester of butylene glycol (k = 4) and fatty acid shown in the formula (8), the IOB is about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number is about 6 or more. Fulfill. Further, the monoester of a fatty acid ethylene glycol (k = 2) represented by formula (9), when the number of carbons of the R 8 C portion is 12, IOB is 0.57. Therefore, in the monoester of ethylene glycol (k = 2) shown in the formula (9) and a fatty acid, the requirement of an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the carbon number of the fatty acid is about 12 or more Meet.
　上記Ｃ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、酸化等により変性する可能性を考慮すると、飽和脂肪酸に由来する、Ｃ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのエステル、すわなち、Ｃ2～Ｃ6グリコールと飽和脂肪酸とのエステルであることが好ましい。 The ester of a C 2 ~ C 6 glycols and fatty acid, in view of the potential for degradation by oxidation and the like, derived from saturated fatty acids, esters of C 2 ~ C 6 glycols and fatty acid, Nachi Suwa, C 2 It is preferably an ester of a -C 6 glycol and a saturated fatty acid.
　また、上記Ｃ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、ＩＯＢを小さくし、より疎水性とするために、炭素数の大きいグリコールに由来する、グリコールと脂肪酸とのエステル、たとえば、ブチレングリコール、ペンチレングリコールまたはヘキシレングリコールに由来するグリコールと脂肪酸とのエステルであることが好ましい。 Also, as the ester of C 2 -C 6 glycol and fatty acid, an ester of glycol and fatty acid derived from glycol having a large number of carbon atoms, for example, butylene glycol, in order to make IOB small and make it more hydrophobic. It is preferable that it is an ester of a glycol derived from pentylene glycol or hexylene glycol and a fatty acid.
　さらに、上記Ｃ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、ＩＯＢを小さくし、より疎水性とするために、ジエステルであることが好ましい。上記Ｃ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪酸とのエステルの市販品としては、たとえば、コムポールＢＬ、コムポールＢＳ（以上、日油株式会社製）等が挙げられる。 Furthermore, as the ester of C 2 -C 6 glycol and fatty acid, a diester is preferable in order to make IOB small and to make it more hydrophobic. Examples of commercial products of the ester of C 2 -C 6 glycol and fatty acid include Commol BL, Commol BS (manufactured by NOF Corporation) and the like.
［（Ｂ）　（Ｂ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物と、（Ｂ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物とのエーテル］
　（Ｂ）　（Ｂ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物と、（Ｂ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物とのエーテル（以下、「化合物（Ｂ）」と称する場合がある）は、上述のＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度を有する限り、全てのヒドロキシル基がエーテル化されていなくともよい。 [(B) a compound having a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (B2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and Ether with compound having one hydroxyl group replacing hydrogen atom of linear hydrocarbon moiety]
(B) A compound having (B1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (B2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the above chain Ether with a compound having one hydroxyl group replacing hydrogen atoms in the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (B)”) has the above-mentioned IOB, melting point and water solubility And all hydroxyl groups may not be etherified.
　（Ｂ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物としては、「化合物（Ａ）」において化合物（Ａ１）として列挙されるもの、たとえば、ペンタエリトリトール、グリセリン、およびグリコールが挙げられる。
　（Ｂ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物（以下、「化合物（Ｂ２）」と称する場合がある）としては、たとえば、炭化水素の１個の水素原子が、１個のヒドロキシル基（－ＯＨ）で置換された化合物、たとえば、脂肪族１価アルコール、たとえば、飽和脂肪族１価アルコールおよび不飽和脂肪族１価アルコールが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having (B1) a chain hydrocarbon portion and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atoms of the above chain hydrocarbon portion are listed as the compound (A1) in the “compound (A)”. For example, pentaerythritol, glycerin and glycol.
Examples of (B2) a compound having a linear hydrocarbon moiety and one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety (hereinafter may be referred to as “compound (B2)”) include, for example, A compound in which one hydrogen atom of hydrocarbon is substituted with one hydroxyl group (—OH), for example, aliphatic monohydric alcohol such as saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol and unsaturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol Can be mentioned.
　上記飽和脂肪族１価アルコールとしては、たとえば、Ｃ1～Ｃ20の飽和脂肪族１価アルコール、たとえば、メチルアルコール（Ｃ1）（Ｃ1は、炭素数を示す、以下同じ）、エチルアルコール（Ｃ2）、プロピルアルコール（Ｃ3）およびその異性体、たとえば、イソプロピルアルコール（Ｃ3）、ブチルアルコール（Ｃ4）およびその異性体、たとえば、ｓｅｃ－ブチルアルコール（Ｃ4）およびｔｅｒｔ－ブチルアルコール（Ｃ4）、ペンチルアルコール（Ｃ5）、ヘキシルアルコール（Ｃ6）、ヘプチルアルコール（Ｃ7）、オクチルアルコール（Ｃ8）およびその異性体、たとえば、２－エチルヘキシルアルコール（Ｃ8）、ノニルアルコール（Ｃ9）、デシルアルコール（Ｃ10）、ドデシルアルコール（Ｃ12）、テトラデシルアルコール（Ｃ14）、ヘキサデシルアルコール（Ｃ16）、へプラデシルアルコール（Ｃ17）、オクタデシルアルコール（Ｃ18）、およびエイコシルアルコール（Ｃ20）、ならびにこれらの列挙されていない異性体が挙げられる。 As the saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol, for example, a C 1 to C 20 saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol, for example, methyl alcohol (C 1 ) (C 1 represents a carbon number, the same applies hereinafter), ethyl alcohol C 2 ), propyl alcohol (C 3 ) and its isomers, such as isopropyl alcohol (C 3 ), butyl alcohol (C 4 ) and its isomers, such as sec-butyl alcohol (C 4 ) and tert-butyl alcohol (C 4 ), pentyl alcohol (C 5 ), hexyl alcohol (C 6 ), heptyl alcohol (C 7 ), octyl alcohol (C 8 ) and isomers thereof, such as 2-ethylhexyl alcohol (C 8 ), nonyl alcohol (C 9 ), decyl alcohol (C 10 ), dodecyl alcohol (C 12 ), tetradecyl al Call (C 14), hexadecyl alcohol (C 16), to heptadecyl alcohol (C 17), octadecyl alcohol (C 18), and eicosyl alcohol (C 20), and isomers thereof that are not listed in these Be
　上記不飽和脂肪族１価アルコールとしては、上記飽和脂肪族１価アルコールのＣ－Ｃ単結合の１つを、Ｃ＝Ｃ二重結合で置換したもの、たとえば、オレイルアルコールが挙げられ、たとえば、新日本理化株式会社から、リカコールシリーズおよびアンジェコオールシリーズの名称で市販されている。 Examples of the unsaturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol include those obtained by replacing one of the C—C single bonds of the above saturated aliphatic monohydric alcohol with a C = C double bond, such as oleyl alcohol. It is commercially available from Shin Nippon Rika Co., Ltd. under the names of Rikacoll series and Angekoall series.
　化合物（Ｂ）としては、たとえば、（ｂ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、たとえば、モノエーテル、ジエーテル、トリエーテルおよびテトラエーテル、好ましくはジエーテル、トリエーテルおよびテトラエーテル、より好ましくはトリエーテルおよびテトラエーテル、そしてさらに好ましくはテトラエーテル、（ｂ2）鎖状炭化水素トリオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、たとえば、モノエーテル、ジエーテルおよびトリエーテル、好ましくはジエーテルおよびトリエーテル、そしてより好ましくはトリエーテル、ならびに（ｂ3）鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、たとえば、モノエーテルおよびジエーテル、そして好ましくはジエーテルが挙げられる。 As compound (B), for example, an ether of (b 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, for example, monoether, diether, triether and tetraether, preferably diether, triether Ethers and tetraethers, more preferably triethers and tetraethers, and even more preferably tetraethers, ethers of (b 2 ) chain hydrocarbon triols and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, such as monoethers, diethers and the like triether, preferably diethers and triethers and more preferably tri-ether, and (b 3) a chain hydrocarbon diol and at least one aliphatic monohydric ether alcohols, for example, mono- and diethers and, Mashiku diethers.
　上記鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテルとしては、たとえば、次の式（１０）～（１３）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 （式中、Ｒ10～Ｒ13は、それぞれ、鎖状炭化水素である。）
の、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのテトラエーテル、トリエーテル、ジエーテルおよびモノエーテルが挙げられる。 Examples of the ether of the above linear hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol include the following formulas (10) to (13):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 (Wherein, each of R 10 to R 13 is a chain hydrocarbon).
And tetraethers of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohols, triethers, diethers and monoethers.
　上記鎖状炭化水素トリオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテルとしては、たとえば、次の式（１４）～（１６）：
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 （式中、Ｒ14～Ｒ16は、それぞれ、鎖状炭化水素である。）
の、グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのトリエーテル、ジエーテルおよびモノエーテルが挙げられる。 Examples of the ether of the above linear hydrocarbon triol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol include the following formulas (14) to (16):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 (Wherein, R 14 to R 16 are each a chain hydrocarbon).
And triethers of glycerol and aliphatic monohydric alcohols, diethers and monoethers.
　上記鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテルとしては、次の式（１７）：
　Ｒ17ＯＣnＨ2nＯＲ18　（１７）
　（式中、ｎは、２～６の整数であり、そしてＲ17およびＲ18は、それぞれ、鎖状炭化水素である）
のＣ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテル、および次の式（１８）：
　Ｒ17ＯＣnＨ2nＯＨ　（１８）
（式中、ｎは、２～６の整数であり、そしてＲ17は、鎖状炭化水素である）
のＣ2～Ｃ6グリコールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルが挙げられる。 As the ether of the above linear hydrocarbon diol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the following formula (17):
R 17 OC n H 2n OR 18 (17)
(Wherein n is an integer of 2 to 6 and R 17 and R 18 are each a chain hydrocarbon)
Diethers of C 2 -C 6 glycols and aliphatic monohydric alcohols, and the following formula (18):
R 17 OC n H 2n OH (18)
(Wherein n is an integer of 2 to 6 and R 17 is a chain hydrocarbon)
And monoethers of C 2 -C 6 glycols and aliphatic monohydric alcohols.
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのテトラエーテルでは、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのテトラエーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計、すなわち、上記式（１０）において、Ｒ10、Ｒ11、Ｒ12およびＲ13部分の炭素数の合計が４の場合にＩＯＢが０．４４となる。したがって、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのテトラエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計が約４以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the tetraether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the tetraether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, that is, in the above formula (10), When the total carbon number of the R 10 , R 11 , R 12 and R 13 moieties is 4, the IOB is 0.44. Therefore, in the above tetraether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, IOB is required to be about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 4 or more. Fulfill.
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのトリエーテルでは、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのトリエーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計、すなわち、上記式（１１）において、Ｒ10、Ｒ11およびＲ12部分の炭素数の合計が９の場合にＩＯＢが０．５７となる。したがって、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのトリエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計が約９以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the triether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting triether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, ie, in the above formula (11), When the sum of the carbon numbers of the R 10 , R 11 and R 12 moieties is 9, the IOB is 0.57. Therefore, in the above triether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, IOB is required to be about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 9 or more. Fulfill.
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテルでは、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計、すなわち、上記式（１２）において、Ｒ10およびＲ11部分の炭素数の合計が１５の場合にＩＯＢが０．６０となる。したがって、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計が約１５以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the diether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohols constituting the diether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, that is, R 10 in the above formula (12) The IOB is 0.60 when the sum of the carbon numbers of the and R 11 moieties is 15. Therefore, in the diether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 15 or more. .
　上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルでは、ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数、すなわち、上記式（１３）において、Ｒ10部分の炭素数が２２の場合にＩＯＢが０．５９となる。したがって、上記ペンタエリトリトールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数が約２２以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the monoether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the monoether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, that is, R 10 in the above formula (13) When the carbon number of the portion is 22, the IOB is 0.59. Therefore, in the monoether of pentaerythritol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 22 or more.
　また、上記グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのトリエーテルでは、グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのトリエーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計、すなわち、式（１４）において、Ｒ14、Ｒ15およびＲ16部分の炭素数の合計が３の場合にＩＯＢが０．５０となる。したがって、上記グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのトリエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計が約３以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the above triether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting triether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, that is, R in the formula (14) When the sum of the carbon numbers of 14 , R 15 and R 16 is 3, the IOB is 0.50. Therefore, in the above triether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 3 or more. .
　上記グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテルでは、グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計、すなわち、式（１５）において、Ｒ14およびＲ15部分の炭素数の合計が９の場合にＩＯＢが０．５８となる。したがって、上記グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計が約９以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the diether of glycerin and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the total carbon number of aliphatic monohydric alcohols constituting the diether of glycerin and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, that is, in the formula (15), R 14 and R 15 When the total number of carbon atoms in the portion is 9, the IOB is 0.58. Therefore, in the diether of glycerin and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the total carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 9 or more.
　上記グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルでは、グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数、すなわち、式（１６）において、Ｒ14部分の炭素数が１６の場合にＩＯＢが０．５８となる。したがって、上記グリセリンと脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数が約１６以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the monoether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the monoether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, that is, the carbon of R 14 in the formula (16) When the number is 16, the IOB is 0.58. Therefore, in the monoether of glycerin and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the IOB satisfies the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.60 when the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 16 or more.
　式（１７）に示されるブチレングリコール（ｎ＝４）と脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテルでは、Ｒ17およびＲ18部分の炭素数の合計が２の場合に、ＩＯＢが、０．３３となる。したがって、式（１７）に示されるブチレングリコール（ｎ＝４）と脂肪族１価アルコールとのジエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計が２以上の場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。また、式（１８）に示されるエチレングリコール（ｎ＝２）と脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルでは、Ｒ17部分の炭素数が８の場合に、ＩＯＢが０．６０となる。したがって、式（１８）に示されるエチレングリコール（ｎ＝２）と脂肪族１価アルコールとのモノエーテルでは、脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数が約８以上である場合に、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０の要件を満たす。 In the diether of butylene glycol (n = 4) represented by the formula (17) and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the IOB is 0.33 when the total carbon number of the R 17 and R 18 moieties is two. . Therefore, in the diether of butylene glycol (n = 4) shown in the formula (17) and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the IOB is about 0.00 when the total carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol is 2 or more. Meet the requirements of ~ 0.60. Further, in the monoether of ethylene glycol (n = 2) and aliphatic monohydric alcohol represented by the formula (18), the IOB is 0.60 when the carbon number of the R 17 portion is eight. Therefore, in the monoether of ethylene glycol (n = 2) and aliphatic monohydric alcohol shown in the formula (18), when the carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol is about 8 or more, IOB is about 0. Meet the requirements of 00 to about 0.60.
　化合物（Ｂ）としては、化合物（Ｂ１）と、化合物（Ｂ２）とを、酸触媒の存在下で、脱水縮合することにより生成することができる。 The compound (B) can be produced by dehydration condensation of the compound (B1) and the compound (B2) in the presence of an acid catalyst.
［（Ｃ）　（Ｃ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、２～４個のカルボキシル基とを含むカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、（Ｃ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物とのエステル］
　（Ｃ）　（Ｃ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、２～４個のカルボキシル基とを含むカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、（Ｃ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物とのエステル（以下、「化合物（Ｃ）」と称する場合がある）は、上述のＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度を有する限り、全てのカルボキシル基がエステル化されていなくともよい。 [(C) (C1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and a carboxylic acid, hydroxy acid, alkoxy acid or oxo acid containing 2 to 4 carboxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety; (C2) Ester of a compound having a linear hydrocarbon moiety and one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety]
(C) a carboxylic acid, a hydroxy acid, an alkoxy acid or an oxo acid containing a (C1) linear hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 carboxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety; C2) An ester of a chain hydrocarbon moiety and a compound having one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “compound (C)”) is All carboxyl groups may not be esterified as long as they have the above IOB, melting point and water solubility.
　（Ｃ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、２～４個のカルボキシル基とを含むカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸（以下、「化合物（Ｃ１）」と称する場合がある)としては、たとえば、２～４個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素カルボン酸、たとえば、鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸、たとえば、アルカンジカルボン酸、たとえば、エタン二酸、プロパン二酸、ブタン二酸、ペンタン二酸、ヘキサン二酸、ヘプタン二酸、オクタン二酸、ノナン二酸およびデカン二酸、鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、たとえば、アルカントリカルボン酸、たとえば、プロパン三酸、ブタン三酸、ペンタン三酸、ヘキサン三酸、ヘプタン三酸、オクタン三酸、ノナン三酸およびデカン三酸、ならびに鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、たとえば、アルカンテトラカルボン酸、たとえば、ブタン四酸、ペンタン四酸、ヘキサン四酸、ヘプタン四酸、オクタン四酸、ノナン四酸およびデカン四酸が挙げられる。 (C1) a linear hydrocarbon moiety and a carboxylic acid, a hydroxy acid, an alkoxy acid or an oxo acid containing 2 to 4 carboxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety (hereinafter referred to as “compound C1) may be, for example, a linear hydrocarbon carboxylic acid having 2 to 4 carboxyl groups, such as a linear hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid, such as an alkane dicarboxylic acid, such as ethanedioic acid. Propanedioic acid, butanedioic acid, pentanedioic acid, hexanedioic acid, heptanedioic acid, octanedioic acid, nonanedioic acid and decanedioic acid, linear hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acids such as alkanetricarboxylic acids such as propane tricarboxylic acid Acid, butane triacid, pentane triacid, hexane triacid, heptane triacid, octane triacid, nonane triacid and decane triacid, and Chain hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acids such as alkane tetracarboxylic acids such as butane tetra acid, pentane tetra acid, hexane tetra acid, heptane tetra acid, octane tetra acid, octane tetra acid, nonane tetra acid and decane tetra acid.
　また、化合物（Ｃ１）には、２～４個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素ヒドロキシ酸、たとえば、リンゴ酸、酒石酸、クエン酸、イソクエン酸等、２～４個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素アルコキシ酸、たとえば、Ｏ－アセチルクエン酸、および２～４個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素オキソ酸が含まれる。（Ｃ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物としては、「化合物（Ｂ）」の項で列挙されるもの、たとえば、脂肪族１価アルコールが挙げられる。 Further, in the compound (C1), a linear hydrocarbon hydroxy acid having 2 to 4 carboxyl groups, for example, a linear chain having 2 to 4 carboxyl groups, such as malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, isocitric acid, etc. Hydrocarbon alkoxy acids, such as O-acetyl citric acid, and linear hydrocarbon oxo acids having 2 to 4 carboxyl groups are included. Examples of the compound having a (C2) linear hydrocarbon moiety and one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the linear hydrocarbon moiety include those listed in the “compound (B)”, for example, Aliphatic monohydric alcohols are mentioned.
　化合物（Ｃ）としては、（ｃ1）４個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル、たとえば、モノエステル、ジエステル、トリエステルおよびテトラエステル、好ましくはジエステル、トリエステルおよびテトラエステル、より好ましくはトリエステルおよびテトラエステル、そしてさらに好ましくはテトラエステル、（ｃ2）３個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル、たとえば、モノエステル、ジエステルおよびトリエステル、好ましくはジエステルおよびトリエステル、そしてより好ましくはトリエステル、ならびに（ｃ3）２個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル、たとえば、モノエステルおよびジエステル、好ましくはジエステルが挙げられる。化合物（Ｃ）の例としては、アジピン酸ジオクチル、Ｏ－アセチルクエン酸トリブチル等が挙げられ、そして市販されている。 As the compound (C), an ester of a linear hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid having 4 carboxyl groups (c 1 ), a hydroxy acid, an alkoxy acid or an oxo acid, and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, for example, Mono-, di-, tri- and tetra-esters, preferably diesters, tri- and tetra-esters, more preferably tri- and tetra-esters, and still more preferably tetra-esters, chained with 3 (c 2 ) carboxyl groups Esters of hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acids, hydroxy acids, alkoxy acids or oxo acids with at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, such as monoesters, diesters and triesters, preferably diesters and triesters, and more preferably triesters Ester, and (c 3) a chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acids having two carboxyl groups, hydroxy acids, esters of alkoxy acids or oxoacids, and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, for example, mono- and diesters, Preferably, diester is mentioned. Examples of the compound (C) include dioctyl adipate, tributyl O-acetyl citrate and the like, and are commercially available.
［（Ｄ）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、エーテル結合（－Ｏ－）、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、およびカーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）から成る群から選択されるいずれか１つの結合とを有する化合物］
　（Ｄ）鎖状炭化水素部分と、上記鎖状炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、エーテル結合（－Ｏ－）、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、およびカーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）から成る群から選択されるいずれか１つの結合とを有する化合物（以下、「化合物（Ｄ）」と称する場合がある）としては、（ｄ1）脂肪族１価アルコールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、（ｄ2）ジアルキルケトン、（ｄ3）脂肪酸と脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル、および（ｄ4）ジアルキルカーボネートが挙げられる。 [(D) a linear hydrocarbon moiety and an ether bond (-O-), a carbonyl bond (-CO-), an ester bond (-COO) inserted between the C—C single bond of the above linear hydrocarbon moiety A compound having one or more bonds selected from the group consisting of-), and a carbonate bond (-OCOO-)]
(D) A chain hydrocarbon moiety and an ether bond (-O-), a carbonyl bond (-CO-), an ester bond (-COO-) inserted between the C-C single bond of the chain hydrocarbon moiety and the chain hydrocarbon moiety And (d 1 ) aliphatic as a compound having a bond selected from the group consisting of carbonate bond (—OCOO—) and any one bond (hereinafter may be referred to as “compound (D)”) Ethers of monohydric alcohols and aliphatic monohydric alcohols, (d 2 ) dialkyl ketones, esters of (d 3 ) fatty acids and aliphatic monohydric alcohols, and (d 4 ) dialkyl carbonates can be mentioned.
［（ｄ1）脂肪族１価アルコールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル］
　上記脂肪族１価アルコールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテルとしては、次の式（１９）：
　Ｒ19ＯＲ20　　（１９）
（式中、Ｒ19およびＲ20は、それぞれ、鎖状炭化水素である）
を有する化合物が挙げられる。 [(D 1 ) ether of aliphatic monohydric alcohol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol]
As the ether of the above aliphatic monohydric alcohol and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the following formula (19):
R 19 OR 20 (19)
(Wherein, R 19 and R 20 are each a chain hydrocarbon)
And compounds having the formula:
　上記エーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコール（式（１９）において、Ｒ19ＯＨおよびＲ20ＯＨに相当する）としては、上記エーテルが、上記ＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度の要件を満たすものであれば、特に制限されず、たとえば、「化合物（Ｂ）」の項で列挙される脂肪族１価アルコールが挙げられる。 As the aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the above ether (corresponding to R 19 OH and R 20 OH in the formula (19)), if the above ether satisfies the requirements of the above IOB, melting point and water solubility It is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include aliphatic monohydric alcohols listed in the “compound (B)” section.
　脂肪族１価アルコールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテルでは、当該エーテルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計、すなわち、上記式（１９）において、Ｒ19およびＲ20部分の炭素数の合計が２の場合にＩＯＢが０．５０となるため、当該炭素数の合計が約２以上であれば、上記ＩＯＢの要件を満たす。しかし、上記炭素数の合計が６程度では、水溶解度が約２ｇと高く、蒸気圧の観点からも問題がある。水溶解度が約０．００～約０．０５ｇの要件を満たすためには、上記炭素数の合計が約８以上であることが好ましい。 In the ether of an aliphatic monohydric alcohol and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the total carbon number of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol constituting the ether, that is, the carbon number of the R 19 and R 20 moieties in the above formula (19) Since the IOB is 0.50 when the sum of the two is 2, the requirement of the above IOB is satisfied if the total carbon number is about 2 or more. However, when the total carbon number is about 6, the water solubility is as high as about 2 g, and there is also a problem from the viewpoint of the vapor pressure. In order to satisfy the requirement of water solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g, the total carbon number is preferably about 8 or more.
［（ｄ2）ジアルキルケトン］
　上記ジアルキルケトンとしては、次の式（２０）：
　Ｒ21ＣＯＲ22　　（２０）
（式中、Ｒ21およびＲ22は、それぞれ、アルキル基である）
を有する化合物が挙げられる。 [(D 2 ) dialkyl ketone]
As said dialkyl ketone, following Formula (20):
R 21 COR 22 (20)
(Wherein, each of R 21 and R 22 is an alkyl group)
And compounds having the formula:
　上記ジアルキルケトンでは、Ｒ21およびＲ22の炭素数の合計が５の場合にＩＯＢが０．５４となるため、当該炭素数の合計が約５以上であれば、上記ＩＯＢの要件を満たす。しかし、上記炭素数の合計が５程度では、水溶解度が約２ｇと高い。したがって、水溶解度が約０．００～約０．０５ｇの要件を満たすためには、上記炭素数の合計が約８以上であることが好ましい。また、蒸気圧を考慮すると、上記炭素数は、約１０以上であることが好ましく、そして約１２以上であることが好ましい。なお、上記炭素数の合計が約８の場合、たとえば、５－ノナノンでは、融点は約－５０℃であり、蒸気圧は２０℃で約２３０Ｐａである。上記ジアルキルケトンは、市販されている他、公知の方法、たとえば、第二級アルコールを、クロム酸等で酸化することにより得ることができる。 In the above-mentioned dialkyl ketone, since the IOB is 0.54 when the total carbon number of R 21 and R 22 is 5, the requirement of the above IOB is satisfied if the total carbon number is about 5 or more. However, when the total carbon number is about 5, the water solubility is as high as about 2 g. Therefore, in order to satisfy the requirement of water solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g, the total carbon number is preferably about 8 or more. Also, in consideration of the vapor pressure, the carbon number is preferably about 10 or more, and preferably about 12 or more. When the total carbon number is about 8, for example, in the case of 5-nonanone, the melting point is about −50 ° C., and the vapor pressure is about 230 Pa at 20 ° C. The above-mentioned dialkyl ketone is commercially available and can be obtained by a known method, for example, oxidation of a secondary alcohol with chromic acid or the like.
［（ｄ3）脂肪酸と脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル］
　上記脂肪酸と脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステルとしては、たとえば、次の式（２１）：
　Ｒ23ＣＯＯＲ24　（２１）
（式中、Ｒ23およびＲ24は、それぞれ、鎖状炭化水素である）
を有する化合物が挙げられる。 [(D 3 ) ester of fatty acid and aliphatic monohydric alcohol]
As ester of the said fatty acid and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, following Formula (21):
R 23 COOR 24 (21)
(Wherein, R 23 and R 24 are each a chain hydrocarbon)
And compounds having the formula:
　上記エステルを構成する脂肪酸（式（２１）において、Ｒ23ＣＯＯＨに相当する）としては、たとえば、「（ａ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル」において列挙されている脂肪酸、すなわち、飽和脂肪酸または不飽和脂肪酸が挙げられ、酸化等により変性する可能性を考慮すると、飽和脂肪酸が好ましい。上記エステルを構成する脂肪族１価アルコール（式（２１）において、Ｒ24ＯＨに相当する）としては、たとえば、「化合物（Ｂ）」の項で列挙される脂肪族１価アルコールが挙げられる。 Examples of the fatty acid (corresponding to R 23 COOH in the formula (21)) constituting the above-mentioned ester are listed, for example, in “ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol with at least one fatty acid”. A fatty acid, that is, a saturated fatty acid or an unsaturated fatty acid is mentioned, and considering the possibility of modification by oxidation etc., a saturated fatty acid is preferred. Examples of the aliphatic monohydric alcohol (corresponding to R 24 OH in the formula (21)) constituting the above-mentioned ester include, for example, aliphatic monohydric alcohols listed in the “compound (B)” section.
　なお、上記脂肪酸と脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステルでは、脂肪酸および脂肪族１価アルコールの炭素数の合計、すなわち、式（２１）において、Ｒ23ＣおよびＲ24部分の炭素数の合計が５の場合にＩＯＢが０．６０となるため、Ｒ23ＣおよびＲ24部分の炭素数の合計が約５以上である場合に、上記ＩＯＢの要件を満たす。しかし、たとえば、上記炭素数の合計が６の酢酸ブチルでは、蒸気圧が２，０００Ｐａ超と高い。したがって、蒸気圧を考慮すると、上記炭素数の合計が約１２以上であることが好ましい。なお、上記炭素数の合計が約１１以上であれば、水溶解度が約０．００～約０．０５ｇの要件を満たすことができる。 In the ester of fatty acid and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, the sum of carbon number of fatty acid and aliphatic monohydric alcohol, that is, the sum of carbon number of R 23 C and R 24 in the formula (21) is 5 In this case, since the IOB is 0.60, the requirements of the above IOB are satisfied when the total carbon number of the R 23 C and R 24 moieties is about 5 or more. However, for example, with butyl acetate having a total of 6 carbon atoms, the vapor pressure is as high as 2,000 Pa or more. Therefore, in consideration of the vapor pressure, the total carbon number is preferably about 12 or more. If the total carbon number is about 11 or more, the water solubility can satisfy the requirement of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g.
　上記脂肪酸と脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステルの例としては、たとえば、ドデカン酸（Ｃ12）と、ドデシルアルコール（Ｃ12）とのエステル、テトラデカン酸（Ｃ14）と、ドデシルアルコール（Ｃ12）とのエステル等が挙げられ、上記脂肪酸と脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステルの市販品としては、たとえば、エレクトールＷＥ２０、およびエレクトールＷＥ４０（以上、日油株式会社製）が挙げられる。 Examples of esters of the above fatty acids with aliphatic monohydric alcohols include, for example, esters of dodecanoic acid (C 12 ), dodecyl alcohol (C 12 ), tetradecanoic acid (C 14 ), and dodecyl alcohol (C 12 ) Examples of commercially available esters of fatty acids and aliphatic monohydric alcohols include Electol WE 20 and Electol WE 40 (all manufactured by NOF Corporation).
［（ｄ4）ジアルキルカーボネート］
　上記ジアルキルカーボネートとしては、次の式（２２）：
　Ｒ25ＯＣ（＝Ｏ）ＯＲ26　　（２２）
（式中、Ｒ25およびＲ26は、それぞれ、アルキル基である）
を有する化合物が挙げられる。 [(D 4 ) dialkyl carbonate]
As said dialkyl carbonate, following Formula (22):
R 25 OC (= O) OR 26 (22)
(Wherein, R 25 and R 26 are each an alkyl group)
And compounds having the formula:
　上記ジアルキルカーボネートでは、Ｒ25およびＲ26の炭素数の合計が６の場合にＩＯＢが０．５７となるため、Ｒ25およびＲ26の炭素数の合計が、約６以上であれば、ＩＯＢの要件を満たす。水溶解度を考慮すると、Ｒ25およびＲ26の炭素数の合計が約７以上であることが好ましく、そして約９以上であることがより好ましい。上記ジアルキルカーボネートは、市販されている他、ホスゲンとアルコールとの反応、塩化ギ酸エステルとアルコールまたはアルコラートとの反応、および炭酸銀とヨウ化アルキルとの反応により合成することができる。 In the above dialkyl carbonate, since the IOB is 0.57 when the total carbon number of R 25 and R 26 is 6, if the total carbon number of R 25 and R 26 is about 6 or more, Meet the requirements. In view of water solubility, the total carbon number of R 25 and R 26 is preferably about 7 or more, and more preferably about 9 or more. The above dialkyl carbonate is commercially available, and can be synthesized by the reaction of phosgene with alcohol, the reaction of formic acid chloride ester with alcohol or alcoholate, and the reaction of silver carbonate with alkyl iodide.
［（Ｅ）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール、またはそのエステルもしくはエーテル］
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール、またはそのエステルもしくはエーテル（以下、化合物（Ｅ）と称する場合がある）としては、（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール、（ｅ2）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル、（ｅ3）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、（ｅ4）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、または鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸とのエステル、および（ｅ5）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、または鎖状炭化水素ジオールとのエーテルが挙げられる。以下、説明する。 [(E) Polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol, or ester or ether thereof]
Examples of the above-mentioned polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol or ester or ether thereof (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (E)) include (e 1 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol, (e 2 ) polyoxy C An ester of a 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol with at least one fatty acid, an ether of (e 3 ) polyoxy C 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, (e 4 ) polyoxy C 2 to C 6 An ester of an alkylene glycol with a linear hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid, a linear hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid, or a linear hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid, and (e 5 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol, with a linear hydrocarbon tetra And ethers with linear hydrocarbon triols or linear hydrocarbon diols. That. This will be described below.
［（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール］
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールは、ｉ）オキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレン骨格、すなわち、オキシエチレン骨格、オキシプロピレン骨格、オキシブチレン骨格、オキシペンチレン骨格、およびオキシヘキシレン骨格からなる群から選択されるいずれか１種の骨格を有しかつ両末端にヒドロキシ基を有するホモポリマー、ｉｉ）上記群から選択される２種以上の骨格を有しかつ両末端にヒドロキシ基を有するブロックコポリマー、またはｉｉｉ）上記群から選択される２種以上の骨格を有しかつ両末端にヒドロキシ基を有するランダムコポリマーを意味する。 [(E 1 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol]
Polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol, i) oxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene backbone, i.e., polyoxyethylene backbone, oxypropylene backbone, oxybutylene skeleton, from the group consisting of oxypentylene skeleton, and oxy hexylene backbone A homopolymer having any one selected skeleton and having hydroxy groups at both ends, ii) a block copolymer having two or more kinds of backbones selected from the above group and having hydroxy groups at both ends, Or iii) means a random copolymer having two or more skeletons selected from the above group and having hydroxy groups at both ends.
　上記オキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレン骨格は、ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールのＩＯＢを低くする観点から、オキシプロピレン骨格、オキシブチレン骨格、オキシペンチレン骨格、又はオキシヘキシレン骨格であることが好ましく、オキシブチレン骨格、オキシペンチレン骨格、又はオキシヘキシレン骨格であることがより好ましい。 It said oxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene backbone, from the viewpoint of lowering the polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 IOB of alkylene glycols, polyoxypropylene skeleton, oxybutylene skeleton, it is oxypentylene skeleton, or an oxy hexylene skeleton preferably More preferably, they are an oxybutylene skeleton, an oxypentylene skeleton, or an oxyhexylene skeleton.
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールは、次の式（２３）：
　ＨＯ－（ＣmＨ2mＯ）n－Ｈ　　　（２３）
　（式中、ｍは２～６の整数である）
により表わされうる。 The above polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol has the following formula (23):
HO- (C m H 2m O) n -H (23)
(In the formula, m is an integer of 2 to 6)
Can be represented by
　なお、本発明者が確認したところ、ポリエチレングリコール（式（２３）において、ｍ＝２のホモポリマーに相当する）は、ｎ≧４５（重量平均分子量約２，０００超）の場合に、約０．００～約０．６０のＩＯＢの要件を満たすものの、重量平均分子量が約４，０００を超えた場合であっても、水溶解度の要件を満たさなかった。したがって、（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールには、エチレングリコールのホモポリマーは含まれないと考えられ、エチレングリコールは、他のグリコールとのブロックコポリマー又はランダムコポリマーとして、（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールに含まれるべきである。 As confirmed by the present inventor, polyethylene glycol (corresponding to a homopolymer of m = 2 in the formula (23)) is about 0 when n045 (weight average molecular weight is more than about 2,000). Even though the weight average molecular weight exceeded about 4,000, it did not meet the requirement of water solubility, although it met the requirement of an IOB of .00 to about 0.60. Therefore, (e 1 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol is considered not to include homopolymers of ethylene glycol, and ethylene glycol (e 1 ) as a block copolymer or random copolymer with other glycols It should be included in the polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol.
　したがって、式（２３）のホモポリマーには、プロピレングリコール、ブチレングリコール、ペンチレングリコール又はヘキシレングリコールのホモポリマーが含まれうる。以上より、式（２３）において、ｍは、約３～約６であり、そして約４～約６であることがより好ましく、そしてｎは２以上である。 Thus, homopolymers of formula (23) may include homopolymers of propylene glycol, butylene glycol, pentylene glycol or hexylene glycol. From the above, in the formula (23), m is about 3 to about 6, and more preferably about 4 to about 6, and n is 2 or more.
　上記式（２３）において、ｎの値は、ポリＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールが、約０．００～約０．６０のＩＯＢと、約４５℃以下の融点と、２５℃の水１００ｇに対する、約０．００～約０．０５ｇの水溶解度とを有するような値である。たとえば、式（２３）がポリプロピレングリコール（ｍ＝３のホモポリマー）である場合には、ｎ＝１２の場合に、ＩＯＢが０．５８となる。したがって、式（２３）がポリプロピレングリコール（ｍ＝３のホモポリマー）である場合には、ｍ≧約１２の場合に、上記ＩＯＢの要件を満たす。また、式（２１）がポリブチレングリコール（ｍ＝４のホモポリマー）である場合には、ｎ＝７の場合に、ＩＯＢが０．５７となる。したがって、式（２３）がポリブチレングリコール（ｍ＝４のホモポリマー）である場合には、ｎ≧約７の場合に、上記ＩＯＢの要件を満たす。 In the above formula (23), the value of n is that the poly C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol has an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60, a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less, and 100 g of water at 25 ° C. It is a value that has a water solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g. For example, when formula (23) is polypropylene glycol (m = 3 homopolymer), IOB is 0.58 when n = 12. Therefore, when the formula (23) is polypropylene glycol (m = 3 homopolymer), the above IOB requirement is satisfied when m ≧ about 12. In the case where the formula (21) is polybutylene glycol (m = 4 homopolymer), the IOB is 0.57 when n = 7. Therefore, when the formula (23) is polybutylene glycol (m = 4 homopolymer), the above IOB requirement is satisfied when n ≧ about 7.
　ＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度の観点から、ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールの重量平均分子量は、好ましくは約２００～約１０，０００、より好ましくは約２５０～約８，０００、そしてさらに好ましくは、約２５０～約５，０００の範囲にある。また、ＩＯＢ、融点および水溶解度の観点から、ポリＣ3アルキレングリコール、すなわち、ポリプロピレングリコールの重量平均分子量は、好ましくは約１，０００～約１０，０００、より好ましくは約３，０００～約８，０００、そしてさらに好ましくは、約４，０００～約５，０００の範囲にある。上記重量平均分子量が約１，０００未満では、水溶解度が要件を満たさず、そして重量平均分子量が大きいほど、特に、吸収体移行速度およびトップシートの白さが向上する傾向があるからである。 From the viewpoint of IOB, melting point and water solubility, the weight average molecular weight of the polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol is preferably about 200 to about 10,000, more preferably about 250 to about 8,000, and more preferably It is in the range of about 250 to about 5,000. Also, in view of IOB, melting point and water solubility, the weight average molecular weight of the poly C 3 alkylene glycol, ie, polypropylene glycol, is preferably about 1,000 to about 10,000, more preferably about 3,000 to about 8 And more preferably in the range of about 4,000 to about 5,000. When the weight average molecular weight is less than about 1,000, the water solubility does not satisfy the requirements, and the larger the weight average molecular weight, the more the absorber transfer rate and the top sheet whiteness tend to be improved.
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールの市販品としては、たとえば、ユニオール（商標）Ｄ－１０００，Ｄ－１２００，Ｄ－２０００，Ｄ－３０００，Ｄ－４０００，ＰＢ－５００，ＰＢ－７００，ＰＢ－１０００およびＰＢ－２０００（以上、日油株式会社製）が挙げられる。 Examples of commercial products of polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol, e.g., UNIOL (TM) D-1000, D-1200 , D-2000, D-3000, D-4000, PB-500, PB-700, PB -1000 and PB-2000 (manufactured by NOF Corporation).
［（ｅ2）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル］
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステルとしては、「（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール」の項で説明したポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールのＯＨ末端の一方または両方が、脂肪酸によりエステル化されているもの、すなわち、モノエステルおよびジエステルが挙げられる。 [Ester of (e 2 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with at least one fatty acid]
The ester of the polyoxy C 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one fatty acid is the OH terminal of the polyoxy C 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol described in the section “(e 1 ) polyoxy C 2 to C 6 alkylene glycol”. One or both of which are esterified with fatty acids, ie, monoesters and diesters.
　ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステルにおいて、エステル化すべき脂肪酸としては、たとえば、「（ａ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル」において列挙されている脂肪酸、すなわち、飽和脂肪酸または不飽和脂肪酸が挙げられ、酸化等により変性する可能性を考慮すると、飽和脂肪酸が好ましい。上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと脂肪酸とのエステルの市販品としては、たとえば、ウィルブライトｃｐ９（日油株式会社製）が挙げられる。 In the ester of polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one fatty acid, the fatty acid to be esterified is, for example, listed in “ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid”. Fatty acids, that is, saturated fatty acids or unsaturated fatty acids, and in view of the possibility of modification by oxidation etc., saturated fatty acids are preferred. Examples of commercially available esters of the polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and fatty acid include Wilbright cp 9 (manufactured by NOF Corporation).
［（ｅ3）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル］
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテルとしては、「（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール」の項で説明したポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールのＯＨ末端の一方または両方が、脂肪族１価アルコールによりエーテル化されているもの、すなわち、モノエーテルおよびジエーテルが挙げられる。ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテルにおいて、エーテル化すべき脂肪族１価アルコールとしては、たとえば、「化合物（Ｂ）」の項で列挙されている脂肪族１価アルコールが挙げられる。 [(E 3 ) Ether of polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol]
The ether and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol and polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol, "(e 1) polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol" polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene which is described in the Those in which one or both of the OH ends of the glycol are etherified with an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, that is, monoethers and diethers are mentioned. Examples of aliphatic monohydric alcohols to be etherified in the ether of polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol include, for example, aliphatics listed in the “compound (B)” section. Monohydric alcohol is mentioned.
［（ｅ4）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、または鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸とのエステル］
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、または鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸とのエステルにおいて、エステル化すべきポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールとしては、「（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール」の項で説明したポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールが挙げられる。また、エステル化すべき鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、および鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸としては、「化合物（Ｃ）」の項で説明されるものが挙げられる。 [Ester of (e 4 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with chain hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid, chain hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid, or chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid]
And polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol and a chain hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid, in an ester of a chain hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid or chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acids, as the polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol to be esterified It is polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol described in "(e 1) polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol" section and the like. Further, as the chain hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid to be esterified, the chain hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid, and the chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid, those described in the “compound (C)” can be mentioned.
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、または鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸とのエステルは、市販されているほか、鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、または鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸に、Ｃ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールを、公知の条件で重縮合させることにより製造することができる。 The esters of the above polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with chain hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid, chain hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid, or chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid are commercially available, and chain hydrocarbon tetracarbons are also commercially available. It can be produced by polycondensation of C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with an acid, linear hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid or linear hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid under known conditions.
［（ｅ5）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、または鎖状炭化水素ジオールとのエーテル］
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、または鎖状炭化水素ジオールとのエーテルにおいて、エーテル化すべきポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールとしては、「（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール」の項で説明したポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールが挙げられる。また、エーテル化すべき鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、および鎖状炭化水素ジオールとしては、「化合物（Ａ）」の項で説明されるもの、たとえば、ペンタエリトリトール、グリセリン、およびグリコールが挙げられる。 [(E 5 ) Ether of polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol, or chain hydrocarbon diol]
And polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol and a chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol or in an ether of a chain hydrocarbon diol, as the polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol to be etherified, " (e 1) polyoxy C 2 ~ polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol is described in the section of C 6 alkylene glycol "may be mentioned. Moreover, as the chain hydrocarbon tetraol to be etherified, the chain hydrocarbon triol, and the chain hydrocarbon diol, those described in the “compound (A)” section, for example, pentaerythritol, glycerin and glycol Can be mentioned.
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、または鎖状炭化水素ジオールとのエーテルの市販品としては、たとえば、ユニルーブ（商標）５ＴＰ－３００ＫＢ，ならびにユニオール（商標）ＴＧ－３０００およびＴＧ－４０００（日油株式会社製）が挙げられる。ユニルーブ（商標）５ＴＰ－３００ＫＢは、ペンタエリトリトール１モルに、プロピレングリコール６５モルと、エチレングリコール５モルとを重縮合させた化合物であり、そのＩＯＢは０．３９であり、融点は４５℃未満であり、そして水溶解度は０．０５ｇ未満であった。 Examples of commercially available ethers of the above polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol, or chain hydrocarbon diol are, for example, UnilobeTM 5TP-300 KB, and Uniol (trademark) TG-3000 and TG-4000 (made by NOF Corporation) can be mentioned. Unilube (TM) 5TP-300KB is a compound obtained by polycondensation of 65 moles of propylene glycol and 5 moles of ethylene glycol with 1 mole of pentaerythritol, and its IOB is 0.39, and the melting point is less than 45 ° C. And the water solubility was less than 0.05 g.
　ユニオール（商標）ＴＧ－３０００は、グリセリン１モルに、プロピレングリコール５０モルを重縮合させた化合物であり、そのＩＯＢは０．４２であり、融点は４５℃未満であり、水溶解度は０．０５ｇ未満であり、そして重量平均分子量は約３，０００であった。ユニオール（商標）ＴＧ－４０００は、グリセリン１モルに、プロピレングリコール７０モルを重縮合させた化合物であり、そのＩＯＢは０．４０であり、融点は４５℃未満であり、水溶解度は０．０５ｇ未満であり、そして重量平均分子量は約４，０００であった。 Uniol (TM) TG-3000 is a compound obtained by polycondensing 50 moles of propylene glycol with 1 mole of glycerin, its IOB is 0.42, its melting point is less than 45 ° C, and its water solubility is 0.05 g And the weight average molecular weight was about 3,000. Uniol (TM) TG-4000 is a compound obtained by polycondensing 70 moles of propylene glycol with 1 mole of glycerin, its IOB is 0.40, melting point is less than 45 ° C., and water solubility is 0.05 g And the weight average molecular weight was about 4,000.
　上記ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、または鎖状炭化水素ジオールとのエーテルはまた、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、または鎖状炭化水素ジオールに、Ｃ2～Ｃ6アルキレンオキシドを、公知の条件で付加させることにより製造することができる。 The ether of the polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and the chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol or chain hydrocarbon diol is also a chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol or It can be produced by adding a C 2 -C 6 alkylene oxide to a linear hydrocarbon diol under known conditions.
［（Ｆ）鎖状炭化水素］
　上記鎖状炭化水素は、上記無機性値が０であることから、ＩＯＢが０．００であり、そして水溶解度がほぼ０ｇであるので、融点が約４５℃以下のものであれば、上記血液改質剤に含まれうる。上記鎖状炭化水素としては、たとえば、（ｆ1）鎖状アルカン、たとえば、直鎖アルカンおよび分岐鎖アルカンが挙げられ、たとえば、直鎖アルカンの場合には、融点が約４５℃以下であることを考慮すると、おおむね、炭素数が２２以下のものが含まれる。また、蒸気圧を考慮すると、おおむね、炭素数が１３以上のものが含まれる。分岐鎖アルカンの場合には、直鎖アルカンよりも、同一炭素数において、融点が低くなる場合があるため、炭素数が２２以上のものも含まれうる。上記炭化水素の市販品としては、たとえば、パールリーム６（日油株式会社）が挙げられる。 [(F) chain hydrocarbon]
The chain hydrocarbon has an IOB of 0.00 and an aqueous solubility of almost 0 g because the inorganic value is 0, and the blood has a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less. It may be included in the modifier. Examples of the chain hydrocarbon include (f 1 ) chain alkanes such as straight chain alkanes and branched chain alkanes, and in the case of straight chain alkanes, for example, the melting point is about 45 ° C. or less In general, those containing 22 or less carbon atoms are included. Also, in consideration of the vapor pressure, those having 13 or more carbon atoms are generally included. In the case of a branched alkane, since the melting point may be lower at the same carbon number than a linear alkane, one having a carbon number of 22 or more may also be included. As a commercial item of the above-mentioned hydrocarbon, Pearl Reem 6 (NOF Corporation) is mentioned, for example.
　上記血液改質剤は、実施例と共に詳細に考察するが、血液の粘度および表面張力を下げる作用を少なくとも有することが見いだされた。吸収性物品が吸収すべき経血は、通常の血液と比較して、子宮内膜壁等のタンパク質を含むため、それらが血球同士を繋ぐように作用して、血球が連銭した状態をとりやすい。そのため、吸収性物品が吸収すべき経血は、高粘度となりやすく、トップシートが不織布または織布である場合には、経血が繊維の間に目詰まりしやすく、着用者はベタつき感を覚えやすく、そしてトップシートの表面で経血が拡散し、漏れやすくなる。 The blood modifying agent, as discussed in detail in conjunction with the examples, has been found to at least have the effect of reducing blood viscosity and surface tension. Since the menstrual blood to be absorbed by the absorbent article contains proteins such as the endometrial wall as compared with normal blood, they act to connect the blood cells to each other, and the blood cells are in a continuous state. Cheap. Therefore, the menstrual blood to be absorbed by the absorbent article tends to have a high viscosity, and when the top sheet is a non-woven fabric or a woven fabric, menstrual blood tends to be clogged between fibers, and the wearer feels sticky. And it spreads and leaks on the surface of the top sheet.
　また、ＩＯＢが約０．００～約０．６０である血液改質剤は、有機性が高く、血球の間に入り込みやすいので、血球を安定化させ、血球に連銭構造を形成しにくくすることができると考えられる。上記改質剤が、血球を安定化させ、血球に連銭構造を形成しにくくすることにより、吸収体が経血を吸収しやすくなると考えられる。たとえば、アクリル系高吸収ポリマー、いわゆる、ＳＡＰを含む吸収性物品では、経血を吸収すると、連銭した血球がＳＡＰ表面を覆い、ＳＡＰが吸収性能を発揮しにくくなることが知られているが、血球を安定化することにより、ＳＡＰが吸収性能を発揮しやすくなると考えられる。また、赤血球と親和性の高い血液改質剤が、赤血球膜を保護するため、赤血球が破壊されにくくなると考えられる。 In addition, a blood modifying agent having an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60 is highly organic and easily enters between blood cells, thereby stabilizing the blood cells and making it difficult for the blood cells to form a continuous structure. It is thought that can be done. It is considered that the absorber makes it easy to absorb menstrual blood by stabilizing the blood cells and making the blood cells less likely to form a continuous structure. For example, it is known that in absorbent articles containing an acrylic superabsorbent polymer, the so-called SAP, when menstrual blood is absorbed, blood cells that have undergone continuous change cover the SAP surface, making it difficult for the SAP to exhibit its absorption performance. By stabilizing blood cells, it is considered that SAP can more easily exhibit absorption performance. In addition, it is considered that the blood modifying agent having high affinity for red blood cells protects the red blood cell membrane, so that the red blood cells are less likely to be destroyed.
　トップシート２への血液改質剤の塗工目付は、好ましくは１～３０ｇ／ｍ2であり、より好ましくは、３～１０ｇ／ｍ2である。血液改質剤の塗工目付が１ｇ／ｍ2よりも小さいと、血液改質剤をトップシート２に安定的に塗布することが難しい場合があり、血液改質剤の塗工目付が３０ｇ／ｍ2よりも大きいと、トップシート２がぬるぬるする場合がある。 The coating weight of the blood modifying agent on the top sheet 2 is preferably 1 to 30 g / m 2 , more preferably 3 to 10 g / m 2 . When the coating weight of the blood modifying agent is smaller than 1 g / m 2 , it may be difficult to stably apply the blood modifying agent to the top sheet 2, and the coating weight of the blood modifying agent is 30 g / m. If it is larger than m 2 , the top sheet 2 may be slimy.
　血液改質剤は、所望の温度に加熱した後、スロットコーターなどの接触式コーターや、スプレーコーター、カーテンコーター、スパイラルコーターなどの非接触式コーターを使用して、トップシート２に塗布される。血液改質剤塗布領域８に液滴状の血液改質剤を均一に分散できる点、およびトップシート２にダメージを与えない点から、非接触式コーターを使用して血液改質剤をトップシート２に塗布することが好ましい。 The blood modifier is heated to a desired temperature and then applied to the top sheet 2 using a contact coater such as a slot coater or a noncontact coater such as a spray coater, a curtain coater, or a spiral coater. From the point of being able to uniformly disperse the droplet-like blood modifying agent in the blood modifying agent application region 8 and from the point of not damaging the top sheet 2, the non-contact coater is used to use the non-contact coater It is preferable to apply to 2.
　トップシート用の不織布を作製するときに、血液改質剤を不織布に塗布してもよい。また、吸収性物品１の製造工程で、血液改質剤をトップシート２に塗布するようにしてもよい。しかし、設備投資を抑制できることから、吸収性物品１の製造工程で、血液改質剤をトップシート２に塗布することが好ましい。また、吸収性物品１の製造工程の間に、トップシート２に塗布した血液改質剤が減少することを抑制するために、吸収性物品１の完成に近い工程で血液改質剤をトップシート２に塗布することが好ましい。たとえば、吸収性物品１を包装する工程の直前に、血液改質剤をトップシート２に塗布してもよい。 The blood modifying agent may be applied to the non-woven fabric when making the non-woven fabric for the top sheet. In addition, a blood modifying agent may be applied to the top sheet 2 in the manufacturing process of the absorbent article 1. However, it is preferable to apply a blood modifying agent to the top sheet 2 in the manufacturing process of the absorbent article 1 because equipment investment can be suppressed. Moreover, in order to suppress the reduction of the blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet 2 during the manufacturing process of the absorbent article 1, the blood modifying agent is used as the top sheet in a process close to the completion of the absorbent article 1. It is preferable to apply to 2. For example, a blood modifying agent may be applied to the top sheet 2 immediately before the step of packaging the absorbent article 1.
　図５は、包装するためにウイング部６が折り畳まれた吸収性物品１を説明するための図であるである。以上の構成要素を有する吸収性物品１を包装する場合、図５に示すように一対のウイング部６を幅方向内側に折り畳む。 FIG. 5 is a view for explaining the absorbent article 1 in which the wing portion 6 is folded for packaging. When packaging the absorbent article 1 which has the above component, as shown in FIG. 5, a pair of wing part 6 is folded inside in the width direction.
　粘着部７は剥離シート３３によって被覆される。これにより、吸収性物品１の使用前の粘着部７を保護することができる。剥離シート３３は、粘着部７の粘着剤に対して剥離可能であるシートであればとくに限定されない。剥離シート３３には、たとえば、剥離剤を基材に塗布したものを使用することができる。剥離剤を塗布する基材には、ポリプロピレン、低密度ポリエチレン、ポリビニルアルコールなどのフィルム、不織布、紙などがあり、剥離剤には、シリコーン系、フッ素系、イソシアネートなどがある。 The adhesive portion 7 is covered by a release sheet 33. Thereby, the adhesion part 7 before use of the absorbent article 1 can be protected. The release sheet 33 is not particularly limited as long as it is a sheet that can be released to the adhesive of the adhesive unit 7. As the release sheet 33, for example, one obtained by applying a release agent to a substrate can be used. Examples of the substrate to which the release agent is applied include films of polypropylene, low density polyethylene, polyvinyl alcohol and the like, nonwoven fabrics, paper and the like, and examples of the release agent include silicones, fluorines and isocyanates.
　図５に示すように、吸収性物品１を包装するとき、ウイング部６を折り畳んだ吸収性物品１を、包装材３１の上に配置する。包装材３１は、たとえば不織布または樹脂フィルムである。また、包装材３１の長手方向の端には、止着テープ３２が設けられている。包装材３１上に配置された吸収性物品１は、包装材３１と一緒に、Ｂ－Ｂ線およびＣ－Ｃ線に沿って長手方向（Ｙ方向）に折り畳まれる。そして、止着テープ３２を使用して、吸収性物品１の折り畳まれた状態を維持する。そして、吸収性物品１と一緒に折り畳んだ包装材３１の幅方向の両側３１ａをヒートエンボス加工によって接合する。これにより、吸収性物品１を含む、図６に示す包装品３０が作製される。図６は、吸収性物品を含む包装品３０の斜視図である。 As shown in FIG. 5, when the absorbent article 1 is packaged, the absorbent article 1 in which the wing portion 6 is folded is placed on the packaging material 31. The packaging material 31 is, for example, a non-woven fabric or a resin film. Further, a fastening tape 32 is provided at an end of the packaging material 31 in the longitudinal direction. The absorbent article 1 disposed on the packaging material 31 is folded along with the packaging material 31 in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) along the lines BB and CC. The fastening tape 32 is then used to maintain the absorbent article 1 in a folded state. Then, both sides 31 a in the width direction of the packaging material 31 folded together with the absorbent article 1 are joined by heat embossing. Thereby, the package 30 shown in FIG. 6 including the absorbent article 1 is produced. FIG. 6 is a perspective view of a package 30 including an absorbent article.
　図７は、図５のＤ－Ｄ線断面を示す概略断面図である。図７に示すように、ウイング部６を折り畳んだときのウイング部６におけるサイドシート５は、トップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８（図１参照）と接触する。血液改質剤塗布領域１８には、血液改質剤が塗布されているので、ウイング部６におけるトップシート２は、血液改質剤と接触することになる。しかし、トップシート２の突部２１によって、ウイング部６におけるサイドシート５とトップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８との接触面積は小さくなる。これにより、血液改質剤塗布領域１８の血液改質剤がウイング部６に浸透して、ウイング部６におけるトップシート２とバックシート３との間の接合力が弱まることを抑制できる。また、血液改質剤塗布領域１８の血液改質剤がウイング部６のサイドシート５に転写されて、血液改質剤塗布領域１８の血液改質剤の量が減少することを抑制できる。 FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a cross section taken along line DD of FIG. As shown in FIG. 7, the side sheet 5 in the wing 6 when the wing 6 is folded contacts the blood modifier application region 18 (see FIG. 1) of the top sheet 2. Since the blood modifying agent application region 18 is coated with the blood modifying agent, the top sheet 2 in the wing portion 6 comes in contact with the blood modifying agent. However, the contact area between the side sheet 5 in the wing portion 6 and the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2 is reduced by the protrusion 21 of the top sheet 2. As a result, it is possible to suppress that the blood modifying agent in the blood modifying agent application region 18 penetrates into the wing portion 6 and the bonding strength between the top sheet 2 and the back sheet 3 in the wing portion 6 is weakened. In addition, it is possible to suppress the reduction of the amount of the blood modifying agent in the blood modifying agent application region 18 due to the blood modifying agent in the blood modifying agent application region 18 being transferred to the side sheet 5 of the wing portion 6.
　上述したように、突部２１の中央部２３の繊維密度は、突部２１の側部２４および／または凹部２２の繊維密度よりも低い（図３参照）。ところで、トップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８に塗布された血液改質剤は、トップシート２の繊維密度の高いところに集まる傾向がある。トップシート２において、ウイング部６と接触する突部２１の中央部２３の繊維密度は突部２１の側部および凹部２２に比べて低いので、突部２１の中央部２３には、血液改質剤はあまり多く集まらない。したがって、突部２１の側部２４および／または凹部２２の繊維密度に比べて突部２１の中央部２３の繊維密度を低くすることによってウイング部６に転写する血液改質剤の量をさらに減少させることができる。 As described above, the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 is lower than the fiber density of the side 24 and / or the recess 22 of the projection 21 (see FIG. 3). By the way, the blood modifying agent applied to the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2 tends to be collected at a place where the fiber density of the top sheet 2 is high. In the top sheet 2, the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the protrusion 21 in contact with the wing portion 6 is lower than that of the side portion of the protrusion 21 and the recess 22. Agents do not collect much. Therefore, the amount of blood modifying agent transferred to the wing portion 6 is further reduced by lowering the fiber density of the central portion 23 of the projection 21 as compared with the fiber density of the side portion 24 of the projection 21 and / or the recess 22 It can be done.
　以上の本発明の一実施形態の吸収性物品１を次のように変形することができる。
（１）図８に示すトップシート２Ａように、トップシート２Ａの凹部２２Ａに開口部２６Ａを形成してもよい。図８（ａ）は、トップシート２に形成した突部、凹部および開口部を拡大した斜視図であり、図８（ｂ）は、トップシート２に形成した突部、凹部および開口部を拡大した平面図である。開口部２６Ａ側面の繊維密度は、突部２１Ａの中央部２３Ａの繊維密度よりも高いことが好ましい。これにより、トップシートに塗布された血液改質剤は、凹部２２Ａに形成された開口部２６Ａの周囲に多く集まるので、ウイング部６と接触する突部２１の中央部２３には、血液改質剤は多く集まらない。したがって、開口部２６Ａ側面の繊維密度を、突部２１Ａの中央部２３Ａの繊維密度よりも高くすることによって、ウイング部６を折り畳んだときにおけるウイング部６に転写する血液改質剤の量を減少させることができる。これにより、トップシート２Ａに塗布された血液改質剤がウイング部６に浸透することによりウイング部６を構成するサイドシート５がバックシート３から剥離することを抑制できる。 The absorbent article 1 according to the embodiment of the present invention described above can be modified as follows.
(1) As in the top sheet 2A shown in FIG. 8, the opening 26A may be formed in the recess 22A of the top sheet 2A. FIG. 8A is an enlarged perspective view of a protrusion, a recess, and an opening formed on the top sheet 2. FIG. 8B is an enlarged view of the protrusion, the recess, and the opening formed on the top sheet 2. FIG. The fiber density of the side surface of the opening 26A is preferably higher than the fiber density of the central portion 23A of the protrusion 21A. As a result, a large amount of blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet gathers around the opening 26A formed in the recess 22A, so that the central portion 23 of the protrusion 21 in contact with the wing 6 is modified with blood. Many agents do not collect. Therefore, by making the fiber density of the side surface of the opening 26A higher than the fiber density of the central portion 23A of the projection 21A, the amount of blood modifying agent transferred to the wing 6 when the wing 6 is folded is reduced. It can be done. As a result, the blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet 2A penetrates the wing portion 6 to suppress peeling of the side sheet 5 constituting the wing portion 6 from the back sheet 3.
　たとえば、図９に示すように、幅方向（ＣＤ）に延び、機械方向（ＭＤ）に並ぶ、通気性を有さない複数の細長状部材１６０を網状支持部材１３０に設けることによって、トップシート２Ａの凹部２２Ａに開口部２６Ａを形成できる。網状支持部材１３０の細長状部材１６０が設けられていない部分では、吹き出し部１４０から噴射した気体１４１は網状支持部材１３０を通過するので、ウェブ１２０に溝１２２が形成できる程度に、ウェブ１２０の繊維は掻き分けられる。一方、網状支持部材１３０の細長状部材１６０が設けられている部分では、吹き出し部１４０から噴射した気体１４１は網状支持部材１３０を通過せず、細長状部材１６０で止まるので、ウェブ１２０の繊維は、ウェブ１２０に開口部が形成できる程、強く掻き分けられる。これにより、トップシート２Ａの凹部２２Ａに開口部２６Ａが形成される。開口部２６Ａ側面には、掻き分けられた繊維が密集するので、開口部２６Ａ側面の繊維密度は高くなる。 For example, as shown in FIG. 9, the top sheet 2A is provided by providing the mesh support member 130 with a plurality of elongated members 160 extending in the width direction (CD) and aligned in the machine direction (MD) and not having air permeability. The opening 26A can be formed in the recess 22A. Since the gas 141 jetted from the blowout part 140 passes through the mesh-like support member 130 in the portion where the elongated member 160 of the mesh-like support member 130 is not provided, the fibers of the web 120 can be formed to the extent that the groove 122 can be formed in the web 120 Are separated. On the other hand, at the portion where the elongated member 160 of the reticulated support member 130 is provided, the gas 141 injected from the blowout portion 140 does not pass through the reticular support member 130 and stops at the elongated member 160. As the openings can be formed in the web 120, they are scraped off strongly. Thus, the opening 26A is formed in the recess 22A of the top sheet 2A. Since scraped fibers are densely packed on the side face of the opening 26A, the fiber density on the side face of the opening 26A is high.
（２）図１０に示すトップシート２Ｂのように、トップシート２Ｂを構成する不織布を波状に折り曲げることによって、トップシート２Ｂに、所定方向に延在し、所定方向に交差する方向に並ぶ突部２１Ｂおよび凹部２２Ｂを形成するようにしてもよい。図１０は、トップシートの変形例の概略斜視図である。たとえば、一対のギアロールの間に不織布を通過させることによって、波状に折り曲げられたトップシート２Ｂを作製することができる。また、図１１に示すように、不織布を波状に折り曲げることによって突部２１Ｃおよび凹部２２Ｃを形成したトップシート２Ｃの凹部２２Ｃに開口部２６Ｃを形成してもよい。 (2) As in the top sheet 2B shown in FIG. 10, by bending the non-woven fabric constituting the top sheet 2B in a wave shape, the protrusions extending in the predetermined direction on the top sheet 2B and aligned in the direction intersecting the predetermined direction 21B and the recess 22B may be formed. FIG. 10 is a schematic perspective view of a modification of the top sheet. For example, by passing the non-woven fabric between the pair of gear rolls, it is possible to produce the top sheet 2B folded in a wavelike manner. Further, as shown in FIG. 11, the opening 26C may be formed in the recess 22C of the top sheet 2C in which the protrusion 21C and the recess 22C are formed by bending the nonwoven fabric in a wave shape.
　図１１（ａ）はトップシートの変形例の概略斜視図であり、図１１（ｂ）はトップシートの変形例の概略平面図である。たとえば、針状、円筒形状および円錐形状などの形状の複数の突起を外周の表面に有する突起ロールと、突起ロールの突起に対応する位置に突起と嵌合する凹部を外周の表面に有するアンビルロールとの間に、波状に折り曲げられた不織布を通過させることによって、凹部２２Ｃに開口部２６Ｃを形成したトップシートを作製することができる。突起ロールの突起が不織布を貫通することによって開口部２６Ｃが形成されるので、開口部２６Ｃが形成されるとき開口部２６Ｃ側面に圧力がかかる。したがって、開口部２６Ｃ側面の繊維密度は、突部２１Ｃの中央部２３Ｃの繊維密度よりも高くなる。したがって、トップシート２Ｃに塗布された血液改質剤は、トップシート２Ｃの凹部２２Ｃの開口部２６Ｃ側面に集まるので、ウイング部６を折り畳んだときにおけるウイング部６に転写する血液改質剤の量を減少させることができる。これにより、トップシート２Ｃに塗布された血液改質剤がウイング部６に浸透することによりウイング部６を構成するサイドシート５がバックシート３から剥離することを抑制できる。 Fig.11 (a) is a schematic perspective view of the modification of a top sheet, FIG.11 (b) is a schematic plan view of the modification of a top sheet. For example, a projection roll having a plurality of projections in a needle shape, a cylindrical shape, and a conical shape on the outer peripheral surface, and an anvil roll having a recess on the outer peripheral surface that engages with the projection at a position corresponding to the projections of the projection roll. A top sheet having the opening 26C formed in the recess 22C can be manufactured by passing the non-woven fabric folded in a wave shape between them. The openings 26C are formed by the projections of the projection rolls penetrating the non-woven fabric, so that pressure is applied to the side surfaces of the openings 26C when the openings 26C are formed. Therefore, the fiber density of the side surface of the opening 26C is higher than the fiber density of the central portion 23C of the protrusion 21C. Therefore, since the blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet 2C gathers on the side surface of the opening 26C of the recess 22C of the top sheet 2C, the amount of the blood modifying agent transferred to the wing 6 when the wing 6 is folded. Can be reduced. Thereby, when the blood modifier applied to top sheet 2C penetrates to wing part 6, it can control that side sheet 5 which constitutes wing part 6 exfoliates from back sheet 3.
（３）図１２に示すように、トップシート２Ｄから吸収体４Ｄの内部に至る圧縮部８Ｄを吸収性物品１Ｄに形成することによって、ウイング部６を折り畳んだときのウイング部６とトップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８との間の接触面積を小さくするようにしてもよい。図１２は、図１のＡ－Ａ線に対応する吸収性物品１Ｄの概略断面図である。これにより、ウイング部６を折り畳んだとき、トップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８からウイング部６に転写する血液改質剤の量を減少させることができる。吸収性物品１Ｄに形成する圧縮部８Ｄは、線状の圧縮部でも点状の圧縮部でもよい。圧縮部８Ｄは、たとえばエンボス加工によって吸収性物品１Ｄに形成できる。 (3) As shown in FIG. 12, the wing portion 6 and the top sheet 2 when the wing portion 6 is folded by forming the compression portion 8D from the top sheet 2D to the inside of the absorbent 4D into the absorbent article 1D. The contact area with the blood modifying agent application area 18 may be reduced. FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of an absorbent article 1D corresponding to the line AA of FIG. As a result, when the wing portion 6 is folded, the amount of the blood modifying agent transferred from the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2 to the wing portion 6 can be reduced. The compression part 8D formed in the absorbent article 1D may be a linear compression part or a point-like compression part. Compression part 8D can be formed in absorptive article 1D, for example by embossing.
　圧縮部８Ｄは、トップシート２Ｄおよび吸収体４Ｄを厚さ方向に圧縮して形成するので、圧縮部８Ｄの底付近のトップシート２Ｄおよび吸収体４Ｄの密度は高くなる。このため、トップシート２Ｄに塗布された血液改質剤は、圧縮部８Ｄの底の方に集まるので、ウイング部６を折り畳んだとき、トップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８からウイング部６に転写する血液改質剤の量をさらに減少させることができる。これにより、トップシート２Ｄに塗布された血液改質剤がウイング部６に浸透することによりウイング部６を構成するサイドシート５がバックシート３から剥離することを抑制できる。なお、圧縮部８Ｄを形成するとき、圧縮部８Ｄのトップシート２Ｄがフィルム化すると、トップシート２Ｄには血液改質剤が浸透しなくなるので、圧縮部８Ｄにおけるトップシート２Ｄはフィルム化していないことが好ましい。 Since the compression section 8D is formed by compressing the top sheet 2D and the absorber 4D in the thickness direction, the density of the top sheet 2D and the absorber 4D near the bottom of the compression section 8D is high. For this reason, the blood modifying agent applied to the top sheet 2D gathers toward the bottom of the compression unit 8D. Therefore, when the wing 6 is folded, the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2 starts from the wing 6 The amount of blood modifying agent to be transferred to can be further reduced. Thereby, when the blood modifier applied to top sheet 2D penetrates into wing part 6, it can control that side sheet 5 which constitutes wing part 6 exfoliates from back sheet 3. When forming the compression section 8D, if the top sheet 2D of the compression section 8D is formed into a film, the blood modifying agent does not permeate into the top sheet 2D, so the top sheet 2D in the compression section 8D is not formed into a film Is preferred.
（４）トップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８とウイング部６との間の接触面積を低減することができれば、トップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８に形成する突部は、上述の突部に限定されない。たとえば、幅方向（Ｘ方向）に延在し、長手方向（Ｙ方向）に並ぶ突部をトップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８に設けてもよい。また、波状の形態で長手方向（Ｙ方向）または幅方向（Ｘ方向）に延在する突部をトップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８に設けてもよい。さらに、円柱、角柱、半球などの形状の突部をトップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８に設けてもよい。 (4) If the contact area between the blood modifier application area 18 of the top sheet 2 and the wing portion 6 can be reduced, the projection formed on the blood modifier application area 18 of the top sheet 2 is the above-mentioned. Not limited to the projections of For example, protrusions extending in the width direction (X direction) and aligned in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) may be provided in the blood modifier application region 18 of the top sheet 2. Further, protrusions extending in the longitudinal direction (Y direction) or the width direction (X direction) in a wavelike form may be provided in the blood modifier application region 18 of the top sheet 2. Furthermore, a protrusion having a shape of a cylinder, a prism, a hemisphere, or the like may be provided in the blood modifying agent application region 18 of the top sheet 2.
（５）トップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８とウイング部６との間の接触面積をさらに低減させるために、サイドシート５に突部を形成してもよい。たとえば、図１３に示す吸収性物品１Ｅのように、波状に折り曲げることによって形成した長手方向に延在する突部５１をサイドシート５Ｅに設けてもよい。図１３は、図１のＡ－Ａ線に対応する吸収性物品１Ｅの概略断面図である。することができれば、トップシート２の血液改質剤塗布領域１８に形成する突部は、上述の突部に限定されない。なお、幅方向に延在する突部をサイドシートに設けてもよい。また、波状の形態で長手方向または幅方向に延在する突部をサイドシートに設けてもよい。さらに、円柱、角柱、半球などの形状の突部をサイドシートに設けてもよい。 (5) In order to further reduce the contact area between the blood modifier application region 18 of the top sheet 2 and the wing portion 6, a protrusion may be formed on the side sheet 5. For example, as in the case of the absorbent article 1E shown in FIG. 13, the side sheet 5E may be provided with the longitudinally extending protrusion 51 formed by bending in a wave shape. FIG. 13 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the absorbent article 1E corresponding to the line AA of FIG. If it can do, the protrusion formed in the blood modifier application area 18 of the top sheet 2 is not limited to the above-mentioned protrusion. In addition, you may provide the protrusion extended in the width direction in a side seat. Moreover, you may provide the side sheet with the protrusion extended in a longitudinal direction or the width direction in a wavelike form. Furthermore, a protrusion having a shape of a cylinder, a prism, a hemisphere, or the like may be provided on the side sheet.
（６）トップシートに塗布する組成物は、所定の組成物であれば、血液改質剤に限定されない。たとえば、肌荒れを防ぐローションをトップシートに塗布してもよい。 (6) The composition to be applied to the top sheet is not limited to the blood modifier as long as it is a predetermined composition. For example, a lotion for preventing rough skin may be applied to the top sheet.
　本発明では、血液改質剤が、血液の粘度および表面張力を下げるメカニズムを有するために、体液が、血液改質剤層２４によってトップシート２に残存せずに吸収体４へ移動し吸収体４に吸収されることができる。以下の実施例によって、血液改質剤が、血液の粘度および表面張力を下げるメカニズムを有することを確認した。 In the present invention, since the blood modifying agent has a mechanism to lower the viscosity and surface tension of the blood, the body fluid is transferred to the absorber 4 without remaining on the top sheet 2 by the blood modifying layer 24 and absorbed. 4 can be absorbed. The following examples confirmed that the blood modifying agent has a mechanism to lower the viscosity and surface tension of blood.
［例１］
［リウェット率および吸収体移行速度の評価］
［血液改質剤のデータ］
　市販の生理用ナプキンを準備した。当該生理用ナプキンは、親水剤で処理されたエアスルー不織布（ポリエステルおよびポリエチレンテレフタレートから成る複合繊維、坪量：３５ｇ／ｍ2）から形成されたトップシートと、エアスルー不織布（ポリエステルおよびポリエチレンテレフタレートから成る複合繊維、坪量：３０ｇ／ｍ2）から形成されたセカンドシートと、パルプ（坪量：１５０～４５０ｇ／ｍ2、中央部ほど多い）、アクリル系高吸収ポリマー（坪量：１５ｇ／ｍ2）およびコアラップとしてのティッシュを含む吸収体と、撥水剤処理されたサイドシートと、ポリエチレンフィルムから成るバックシートとから形成されていた。 [Example 1]
[Evaluation of rewet rate and absorber transfer speed]
[Blood modifier data]
A commercially available sanitary napkin was prepared. The sanitary napkin comprises a top sheet formed of an air through non-woven fabric (composite fiber of polyester and polyethylene terephthalate, basis weight: 35 g / m 2 ) treated with a hydrophilic agent, and a composite of air through non-woven fabric (polyester and polyethylene terephthalate) Fiber, second sheet formed of basis weight: 30 g / m 2 ), pulp (basis weight: 150 to 450 g / m 2 , more in the central part), acrylic high absorption polymer (basis weight: 15 g / m 2 ) And, it was formed from an absorbent including a tissue as a core wrap, a water repellent treated side sheet, and a back sheet made of polyethylene film.
　以下に、実験に用いられた血液改質剤を列挙する。
［（ａ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル］
・ユニスター　Ｈ－４０８ＢＲＳ，日油株式会社製
　テトラ２－エチルヘキサン酸ペンタエリトリトール，重量平均分子量：約６４０
・ユニスター　Ｈ－２４０８ＢＲＳ－２２，日油株式会社製
　テトラ２－エチルヘキサン酸ペンタエリトリトールと、ジ２－エチルヘキサン酸ネオペンチルグリコールとの混合物（５８：４２，重量比），重量平均分子量：約５２０ The blood modifiers used in the experiments are listed below.
[Ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid]
-Unistar H-408 BRS, manufactured by NOF Corporation, pentaerythritol tetra 2-ethylhexanoate, weight average molecular weight: about 640
Unister H-2408 BRS-22, a mixture of NOF Corporation pentaerythritol tetra-2-ethylhexanoate and neopentyl glycol di-2-ethylhexanoate (58:42, weight ratio), weight average molecular weight: about 520
［（ａ2）鎖状炭化水素トリオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル］
・Ｃｅｔｉｏｌ　ＳＢ４５ＤＥＯ，コグニスジャパン株式会社製
　脂肪酸が、オレイン酸またはステアリル酸である、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル
・ＳＯＹ４２，日油株式会社製
　Ｃ14の脂肪酸：Ｃ16の脂肪酸：Ｃ18の脂肪酸：Ｃ20の脂肪酸（飽和脂肪酸および不飽和脂肪酸の両方を含む）がおおよそ０．２：１１：８８：０．８の重量比で含まれている、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：８８０ [Ester of (a 2 ) chain hydrocarbon triol and at least one fatty acid]
· Cetiol SB 45 DEO, manufactured by Cognis Japan Ltd. Triester of glycerin and fatty acid in which the fatty acid is oleic acid or stearyl acid · SOY 42 manufactured by NOF Corporation C 14 fatty acid: C 16 fatty acid: C 18 fatty acid: C 20 fatty acids (including both saturated and unsaturated fatty acids) is approximately 0.2: 11: 88: 0.8 are contained in a weight ratio of triesters of glycerol with fatty acids, the weight average molecular weight: 880
・トリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリド，日油株式会社製
　Ｃ8の脂肪酸：Ｃ10の脂肪酸：Ｃ12の脂肪酸がおおよそ３７：７：５６の重量比で含まれている、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：約５７０
・トリＣＬ油脂肪酸グリセリド，日油株式会社製
　Ｃ8の脂肪酸：Ｃ12の脂肪酸がおおよそ４４：５６の重量比で含まれている、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：約５７０ Tri C2 L oil fatty acid glyceride, manufactured by NOF Corporation C 8 fatty acid: C 10 fatty acid: C 12 fatty acid is contained in a weight ratio of approximately 37: 7: 56, triester of glycerin and fatty acid, Weight average molecular weight: about 570
Triethylene CL oil fatty acid glycerides, manufactured by NOF Corporation C 8 fatty acid: fatty acid of C 12 is approximately included in a weight ratio of 44:56, triesters of glycerin and fatty acid, the weight average molecular weight: about 570
・パナセート８１０ｓ，日油株式会社製
　Ｃ8の脂肪酸：Ｃ10の脂肪酸がおおよそ８５：１５の重量比で含まれている、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：約４８０
・パナセート８００，日油株式会社製
　脂肪酸が全てオクタン酸（Ｃ8）である、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：約４７０ Panaceto 810s, manufactured by NOF Corporation C 8 fatty acid: Triester of glycerin and fatty acid containing C 10 fatty acid at a weight ratio of approximately 85: 15, weight average molecular weight: about 480
-Panaceto 800, manufactured by NOF Corporation Triester of glycerin and fatty acid in which all fatty acids are octanoic acid (C 8 ), weight average molecular weight: about 470
・パナセート８００Ｂ，日油株式会社製
　脂肪酸が全て２－エチルヘキサン酸（Ｃ8）である、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：約４７０
・ＮＡ３６，日油株式会社製
　Ｃ16の脂肪酸：Ｃ18の脂肪酸：Ｃ20の脂肪酸（飽和脂肪酸および不飽和脂肪酸の両方を含む）がおおよそ５：９２：３の重量比で含まれている、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：約８８０ -Panaceto 800 B, manufactured by NOF Corporation Triester of glycerin and fatty acid in which all fatty acids are 2-ethylhexanoic acid (C 8 ), weight average molecular weight: about 470
NA36, manufactured by NOF Corporation C 16 fatty acids: C 18 fatty acids: C 20 fatty acids (including both saturated fatty acids and unsaturated fatty acids) in a weight ratio of approximately 5: 92: 3, Triester of glycerin and fatty acid, weight average molecular weight: about 880
・トリヤシ油脂肪酸グリセリド，日油株式会社製
　Ｃ8の脂肪酸：Ｃ10の脂肪酸：Ｃ12の脂肪酸：Ｃ14の脂肪酸：Ｃ16の脂肪酸（飽和脂肪酸および不飽和脂肪酸の両方を含む）がおおよそ４：８：６０：２５：３の重量比で含まれている、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：６７０
・カプリル酸ジグリセリド，日油株式会社製
　脂肪酸がオクタン酸である、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのジエステル，重量平均分子量：３４０ · Tricot oil fatty acid glyceride, manufactured by NOF Corporation C 8 fatty acid: C 10 fatty acid: C 12 fatty acid: C 14 fatty acid: C 16 fatty acid (including both saturated fatty acid and unsaturated fatty acid) is approximately 4 Triester of glycerin and fatty acid, contained in a weight ratio of 8: 60: 25: 3, weight average molecular weight: 670
・ Caprylic diglyceride, manufactured by NOF Corporation Diester of glycerin and fatty acid wherein fatty acid is octanoic acid, weight average molecular weight: 340
［（ａ3）鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル］
・コムポールＢＬ，日油株式会社製
　ブチレングリコールのドデカン酸（Ｃ12）モノエステル，重量平均分子量：約２７０
・コムポールＢＳ，日油株式会社製
　ブチレングリコールのオクタデカン酸（Ｃ18）モノエステル，重量平均分子量：約３５０
・ユニスター　Ｈ－２０８ＢＲＳ，日油株式会社製
　ジ２－エチルヘキサン酸ネオペンチルグリコール，重量平均分子量：約３６０ [Ester of (a 3 ) chain hydrocarbon diol and at least one fatty acid]
-Commol BL, manufactured by NOF Corporation, dodecanoic acid (C 12 ) monoester of butylene glycol, weight average molecular weight: about 270
・ Compol BS, manufactured by NOF Corporation Octadecanoic acid (C 18 ) monoester of butylene glycol, weight average molecular weight: about 350
-Unistar H-208 BRS, manufactured by NOF Corporation Dipentyl 2-ethylhexanoate neopentyl glycol, weight average molecular weight: about 360
［（ｃ2）３個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル］
・Ｏ－アセチルクエン酸トリブチル，東京化成工業株式会社製
　重量平均分子量：約４００ [(C 2 ) ester of linear hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid having 3 carboxyl groups, hydroxy acid, alkoxy acid or oxo acid, and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol]
-Tributyl O-acetyl citrate, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Weight average molecular weight: about 400
［（ｃ3）２個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル］
・アジピン酸ジオクチル，和光純薬工業製
　重量平均分子量：約３８０ [(C 3 ) ester of linear hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid having 2 carboxyl groups, hydroxy acid, alkoxy acid or oxo acid, and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol]
・ Dioctyl adipate, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. Weight average molecular weight: about 380
［（ｄ3）脂肪酸と脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル］
・エレクトールＷＥ２０，日油株式会社製
　ドデカン酸（Ｃ12）と、ドデシルアルコール（Ｃ12）とのエステル，重量平均分子量：約３６０
・エレクトールＷＥ４０，日油株式会社製
　テトラデカン酸（Ｃ14）と、ドデシルアルコール（Ｃ12）とのエステル，重量平均分子量：約３９０ [(D 3 ) ester of fatty acid and aliphatic monohydric alcohol]
Electol WE20, an oil-in-oil company ester of dodecanoic acid (C 12 ) and dodecyl alcohol (C 12 ), weight average molecular weight: about 360
Electol WE40, an ester of tetradecanoic acid (C 14 ) manufactured by NOF Corporation, and dodecyl alcohol (C 12 ), weight average molecular weight: about 390
［（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール］
・ユニオールＤ－１０００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約１，０００
・ユニオールＤ－１２００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約１，２００
・ユニオールＤ－３０００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約３，０００ [(E 1 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol]
Uniol D-1000, a polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 1,000
Uniol D-1200, polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 1,200
Uniol D-3000, a polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 3,000
・ユニオールＤ－４０００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約４，０００
・ユニオールＰＢ５００，日油株式会社製
　ポリブチレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約５００
・ユニオールＰＢ７００，日油株式会社製
　ポリオキシブチレンポリオキシプロピレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約７００ Uniol D-4000, polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 4,000
Uniol PB500, polybutylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 500
Uniol PB700, manufactured by NOF Corporation, polyoxybutylene polyoxypropylene glycol, weight average molecular weight: about 700
・ユニオールＰＢ１０００Ｒ，日油株式会社製
　ポリブチレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約１０００
［（ｅ2）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル］
・ウィルブライトｃｐ９，日油株式会社製
　ポリブチレングリコールの両末端のＯＨ基が、ヘキサデカン酸（Ｃ16）によりエステル化された化合物，重量平均分子量：約１，１５０ Uniol PB 1000 R, polybutylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 1000
[Ester of (e 2 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with at least one fatty acid]
· Wilbright cp 9, a compound in which OH groups at both ends of polybutylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation were esterified with hexadecanoic acid (C 16 ), weight average molecular weight: about 1,150
［（ｅ3）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエーテル］
・ユニルーブＭＳ－７０Ｋ，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコールのステアリルエーテル，約１５の繰返し単位，重量平均分子量：約１，１４０ [(E 3 ) Ether of polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one fatty acid]
・ Unileub MS-70K, stearyl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 15 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 1,140
［（ｅ5）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、または鎖状炭化水素ジオールとのエーテル］
・ユニルーブ５ＴＰ－３００ＫＢ
　ペンタエリトリトール１モルに、エチレンオキシド５モルと、プロピレンオキシド６５モルとを付加させることにより生成した、ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンペンタエリスリトールエーテル，重量平均分子量：４，１３０ [(E 5 ) Ether of polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol and chain hydrocarbon tetraol, chain hydrocarbon triol, or chain hydrocarbon diol]
・ Unileve 5TP-300KB
Polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene pentaerythritol ether, weight average molecular weight: 4,130, produced by adding 5 moles of ethylene oxide and 65 moles of propylene oxide to 1 mole of pentaerythritol.
・ユニオール　ＴＧ－３０００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコールのグリセリルエーテル，約１６の繰返し単位，重量平均分子量：約３，０００
・ユニオール　ＴＧ－４０００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコールのグリセリルエーテル，約１６の繰返し単位，重量平均分子量：約４，０００ ・ UNIOL TG-3000, glyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 16 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 3,000
・ UNIOL TG-4000, glyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 16 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 4,000
［（ｆ1）鎖状アルカン］
・パールリーム６，日油株式会社製
　流動イソパラフィン、イソブテンおよびｎ-ブテンを共重合し、次いで水素を付加することにより生成された分岐鎖炭化水素、重合度：約５～約１０，重量平均分子量：約３３０ [(F 1 ) chain alkane]
Pearl Reem 6, manufactured by NOF Corporation, branched chain hydrocarbon produced by copolymerizing liquid isoparaffin, isobutene and n-butene, and then adding hydrogen, degree of polymerization: about 5 to about 10, weight average molecular weight : About 330
［その他の材料］
・ＮＡ５０，日油株式会社製
　ＮＡ３６に水素を付加し、原料である不飽和脂肪酸に由来する二重結合の比率を下げたグリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステル，重量平均分子量：約８８０
・（カプリル酸／カプリン酸）モノグリセリド，日油株式会社製
　オクタン酸（Ｃ8）およびデカン酸（Ｃ10）がおおよそ８５：１５の重量比で含まれている、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのモノエステル，重量平均分子量：約２２０
・Ｍｏｎｏｍｕｌｓ　９０－Ｌ２ラウリン酸モノグリセリド，コグニスジャパン株式会社製 [Other materials]
· NA50, a triester of glycerin and fatty acid in which hydrogen is added to NA36 manufactured by NOF Corporation and the ratio of double bonds derived from unsaturated fatty acid as a raw material is reduced, weight average molecular weight: about 880
・ (Caprylic acid / capric acid) monoglyceride, monoester of glycerin and fatty acid, which contains octanoic acid (C 8 ) and decanoic acid (C 10 ) manufactured by NOF Corporation at a weight ratio of about 85:15, Weight average molecular weight: about 220
Monomuls 90-L2 lauric acid monoglyceride, manufactured by Cognis Japan Ltd.
・クエン酸イソプロピル，東京化成工業株式会社製
　重量平均分子量：約２３０
・リンゴ酸ジイソステアリル
　重量平均分子量：約６４０
・ユニオールＤ－４００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約４００ Isopropyl citrate, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. Weight average molecular weight: about 230
・ Diisostearyl malate Weight average molecular weight: about 640
Uniol D-400, a polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 400
・ＰＥＧ１５００，日油株式会社製
　ポリエチレングリコール，重量平均分子量：約１，５００～約１，６００
・ノニオンＳ－６，日油株式会社製
　ポリオキシエチレンモノステアレート、約７の繰返し単位、重量平均分子量：約８８０
・ウィルブライトｓ７５３，日油株式会社製
　ポリオキシエチレンポリオキシプロピレンポリオキシブチレングリセリン，重量平均分子量：約９６０ -PEG 1500, polyethylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, weight average molecular weight: about 1,500 to about 1,600
Nonion S-6, manufactured by NOF Corporation, polyoxyethylene monostearate, repeating unit of about 7 weight average molecular weight: about 880
Will Bright s 753, manufactured by NOF Corporation polyoxyethylene polyoxypropylene polyoxybutylene glycerin, weight average molecular weight: about 960
・ユニオール　ＴＧ－３３０，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコールのグリセリルエーテル，約６の繰返し単位，重量平均分子量：約３３０
・ユニオール　ＴＧ－１０００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコールのグリセリルエーテル，約１６の繰返し単位，重量平均分子量：約１，０００ -Uniol TG-330, a glyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 6 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 330
・ UNIOL TG-1000, glyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 16 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 1,000
・ユニルーブ　ＤＧＰ－７００，日油株式会社製
　ポリプロピレングリコールのジグリセリルエーテル，約９の繰返し単位，重量平均分子量：約７００
・ユニオックスＨＣ６０，日油株式会社製
　ポリオキシエチレン硬化ヒマシ油，重量平均分子量：約３，５７０
・ワセリン，コグニスジャパン株式会社製
　石油に由来する炭化水素、半固形 ・ Unirube DGP-700, a diglyceryl ether of polypropylene glycol manufactured by NOF Corporation, about 9 repeating units, weight average molecular weight: about 700
-Uniox HC60, manufactured by NOF Co., Ltd. polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, weight average molecular weight: about 3,570
・ Vaseline, Cognis Japan Ltd. Petroleum derived hydrocarbon, semi-solid
　上記試料の、ＩＯＢ，融点および水溶解度を、下記表２に示す。なお、水溶解度は、上述の方法にしたがって測定したが、１００ｇの脱塩水に、２０．０ｇを添加し、２４時間後に溶解した試料は、「２０ｇ＜」と評価し、そして１００ｇの脱塩水に、０．０５ｇは溶解したが、１．００ｇは溶解しなかった試料は、０．０５～１．００ｇと評価した。また、融点に関し、「＜４５」は、融点が４５℃未満であることを意味する。 The IOB, melting point and water solubility of the above sample are shown in Table 2 below. The water solubility was measured according to the above-mentioned method, but 20.0 g was added to 100 g of demineralized water, and a sample dissolved after 24 hours was evaluated as "20 g <", and 100 g of demineralized water was used. A sample in which 0.05 g was dissolved but not 1.00 g was evaluated as 0.05 to 1.00 g. Moreover, regarding melting | fusing point, "<45" means that melting | fusing point is less than 45 degreeC.
　上記生理用ナプキンのトップシートの肌当接面を、上述の血液改質剤で塗工した。各血液改質剤を、血液改質剤が室温で液体である場合にはそのまま、そして血液改質剤が室温で固体である場合には、融点＋２０℃まで加熱し、次いで、コントロールシームＨＭＡガンを用いて、各血液改質剤を微粒化し、トップシートの肌当接面の全体に、坪量がおおよそ５ｇ／ｍ2となるように塗布した。 The skin contact surface of the top sheet of the above-mentioned sanitary napkin was coated with the above-mentioned blood modifier. Heat each blood modifier to its melting point + 20 ° C if the blood modifier is liquid at room temperature, and if the blood modifier is solid at room temperature, then control seam HMA gun Each blood modifying agent was atomized and applied to the entire skin contact surface of the top sheet so that the basis weight was approximately 5 g / m 2 .
　図１４は、トップシートがトリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリドを含む生理用ナプキン（Ｎｏ．２－５）における、トップシートの肌当接面の電子顕微鏡写真である。図１４から明らかなように、トリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリドは、微粒子状で、繊維の表面に付着している。
　上述の手順にしたがって、リウェット率と、吸収体移行速度とを測定した。結果を、下記表２に示す。 FIG. 14 is an electron micrograph of the skin contact surface of the top sheet in the sanitary napkin (No. 2-5) in which the top sheet contains avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride. As apparent from FIG. 14, the tri-C2L oil fatty acid glyceride is in the form of fine particles and adheres to the surface of the fiber.
Rewet rates and absorber transfer rates were measured according to the procedure described above. The results are shown in Table 2 below.
［試験方法］
　各血液改質剤を含むトップシートの上に、穴の開いたアクリル板（２００ｍｍ×１００ｍｍ，１２５ｇ，中央に、４０ｍｍ×１０ｍｍの穴が開いている）を置き、上記穴から、３７±１℃のウマＥＤＴＡ血（ウマの血液に、凝結防止のため、エチレンジアミン四酢酸（以下、「ＥＤＴＡ」と称する）が添加されたもの）３ｇを、ピペットを用いて滴下（１回目）し、１分後、３７±１℃のウマＥＤＴＡ血３ｇを、アクリル板の穴から、ピペットで再度滴下した（２回目）。 [Test method]
Place a perforated acrylic plate (200 mm x 100 mm, 125 g, with a 40 mm x 10 mm hole in the center) on the top sheet containing each blood modifying agent, and from the holes, 37 ± 1 ° C 3g of equine EDTA blood (into the blood of the horse, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (hereinafter referred to as "EDTA") added to prevent coagulation) was dropped (first time) using a pipette, and one minute later Then, 3 g of equine EDTA blood at 37 ± 1 ° C. was pipetted again from the hole of the acrylic plate (second time).
　２回目の血液の滴下後、直ちに上記アクリル板を外し、血液を滴下した場所に、ろ紙（アドバンテック東洋株式会社　定性濾紙　Ｎｏ．２，５０ｍｍ×３５ｍｍ）１０枚を置き、その上から、圧力が３０ｇ／ｃｍ2となるようにおもりを置いた。１分後、上記ろ紙を取出し、以下の式に従って、「リウェット率」を算出した。
　リウェット率（％）＝１００×（試験後のろ紙質量－当初のろ紙質量）／６ After the second drop of blood, immediately remove the above acrylic plate and place 10 sheets of filter paper (Advantec Toyo Co., Ltd. Qualitative filter paper No. 2, 50 mm x 35 mm) in the place where the blood is dropped, and 30 g of pressure from above The weight was placed to be / cm 2 . One minute later, the filter paper was taken out, and the "rewet rate" was calculated according to the following equation.
Rewet rate (%) = 100 × (weight of filter paper after test−weight of original filter paper) / 6
　また、リウェット率の評価とは別に、２回目の血液の滴下後、血液がトップシートから吸収体に移行する時間である「吸収体移行速度」を測定した。上記吸収体移行速度は、トップシートに血液を投入してから、トップシートの表面及び内部に、血液の赤さが見られなくなるまでの時間を意味する。
　リウェット率と、吸収体移行速度の結果を、以下の表２に示す。 In addition to the evaluation of the rewet rate, “absorber transfer speed”, which is the time for blood to transfer from the top sheet to the absorber after the second drop of blood, was measured. The above-mentioned absorber transfer rate means the time from when blood is introduced into the top sheet to when the red color of blood is not seen on the surface and inside of the top sheet.
The results of the rewet rate and the absorber transfer rate are shown in Table 2 below.
　次いで、吸収体移行速度の試験後のトップシートの肌当接面の白さを、以下の基準にしたがって、目視で評価した。
　◎：血液の赤さがほとんど残っておらず、血液が存在した場所と、存在していない場所の区別がつかない
　○：血液の赤さが若干残っているが、血液の存在した場所と、存在していない場所の区別がつきいにくい
　△：血液の赤さが若干残っており、血液が存在した場所が分かる
　×：血液の赤さがそのまま残っている
　結果を、併せて下記表２に示す。 Next, the whiteness of the skin contact surface of the top sheet after the test of the absorber transfer speed was visually evaluated according to the following criteria.
◎: Almost no blood red remains, and there is no distinction between where blood was present and where it did not exist ○: Some blood red remains, but where blood was present, It is difficult to distinguish where it does not exist :: Some redness of the blood remains, and the place where the blood exists is known ×: The redness of the blood remains The results are also shown in Table 2 below. Show.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
　血液改質剤を有しない場合には、リウェット率は２２．７％であり、そして吸収体移行速度は６０秒超であったが、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルは、いずれも、リウェット率が７．０％以下であり、そして吸収体移行速度が８秒以下であることから、吸収性能が大幅に改善されていることが分かる。しかし、グリセリンと脂肪酸とのトリエステルのうち、融点が４５℃を超えるＮＡ５０では、吸収性能に大きな改善はみられなかった。 In the absence of a blood modifying agent, the rewet rate was 22.7% and the absorber transfer rate was over 60 seconds, but both the glycerin and fatty acid triesters had rewet rates From the fact that it is 7.0% or less and the absorber transfer rate is 8 seconds or less, it can be seen that the absorption performance is greatly improved. However, among triesters of glycerin and fatty acid, NA50 of which the melting point exceeds 45 ° C. shows no significant improvement in the absorption performance.
　同様に、約０．００～約０．６０のＩＯＢと、約４５℃以下の融点と、２５℃の水１００ｇに対する、約０．００～約０．０５ｇの水溶解度を有する血液改質剤では、吸収性能が大きく改善されることが分かった。 Similarly, a blood modifying agent having an IOB of about 0.00 to about 0.60, a melting point of about 45 ° C. or less, and an aqueous solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g per 100 g of water at 25 ° C. It was found that the absorption performance was greatly improved.
　次に、Ｎｏ．２－１～２－４７の生理用ナプキンを、複数のボランティアの被験者に着用してもらったところ、Ｎｏ．２－１～２－３２の血液改質剤を含む生理用ナプキンでは、経血を吸収した後であってもトップシートにべたつき感がなく、トップシートがサラサラしているとの回答を得た。 Next, No. No. 2 to No. 2-2-47 sanitary napkins were worn by a plurality of volunteer subjects. With sanitary napkins containing blood modifiers 2-1 to 2-3, there was no tackiness on the top sheet even after menstrual blood absorption, and it was answered that the top sheet was smooth. .
　また、Ｎｏ．２－１～Ｎｏ．２－３２の生理用ナプキンでは、そして特に、Ｎｏ．２－１～１１，１５～１９および３２の血液改質剤を含む生理用ナプキンでは、経血を吸収後のトップシートの肌当接面が、血液で赤く染まっておらず、不快感が少ないとの回答を得た。 Also, no. 2-1 to No. No. 2-32 sanitary napkins, and in particular. In the sanitary napkins containing blood modifiers 2-1 to 11, 15 to 19 and 32, the skin contact surface of the top sheet after absorption of menstrual blood is not stained red with blood and there is less discomfort I got an answer with.
［例２］
　動物の各種血液に関して、上述の手順にしたがって、リウェット率を評価した。実験に用いられた血液は、以下の通りである。
［動物種］
（１）ヒト
（２）ウマ
（３）ヒツジ [Example 2]
Rewet rates were assessed for the various blood of the animals according to the procedure described above. The blood used for the experiment is as follows.
[Animal species]
(1) human (2) horse (3) sheep
［血液種］
・脱繊維血：血液を採取後、ガラスビーズと共に、三角フラスコ内で約５分間撹拌したもの
・ＥＤＴＡ血：静脈血６５ｍＬに、１２％ＥＤＴＡ・２Ｋ生理食塩液０．５ｍＬを添加したもの [Blood type]
Defibrillation blood: after blood collection, stirred for about 5 minutes in an Erlenmeyer flask together with glass beads EDTA blood: Addition of 0.5 mL of 12% EDTA · 2K saline to 65 mL of venous blood
［分画］
　血清または血漿：それぞれ、脱繊維血またはＥＤＴＡ血を、室温下で、約１９００Ｇで１０分間遠心分離した後の上清
　血球：血液から血清を除去し、残差をリン酸緩衝生理食塩液（ＰＢＳ）で２回洗浄し、次いで除去した血清分のリン酸緩衝生理食塩液を加えたもの [Fraction]
Serum or plasma: Supernatant after centrifuging defibrillated blood or EDTA blood, respectively, at about 1900 G at room temperature for 10 minutes Blood cells: Remove the serum from the blood and remove the residual phosphate buffered saline (PBS) ) Washed twice and then added with phosphate buffered saline for the removed serum
　トリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリドが、坪量がおおよそ５ｇ／ｍ2となるように塗布されている以外は、例２と同様にして吸収性物品を製造し、上述の各種血液に関して、リウェット率を評価した。各血液に関して測定を３回行い、その平均値を採用した。
　結果を、下記表３に示す。 An absorbent article was produced in the same manner as in Example 2 except that avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride was applied so as to give a basis weight of approximately 5 g / m 2, and the rewet rate was evaluated for the above various blood. . Three measurements were taken for each blood and the mean value was taken.
The results are shown in Table 3 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
　例２で得られた、ウマＥＤＴＡ血と同様の傾向が、ヒトおよびヒツジの血液でも得られた。また、脱繊維血およびＥＤＴＡ血においても、同様の傾向が観察された。 The same tendency as equine EDTA blood obtained in Example 2 was also obtained in human and sheep blood. The same tendency was also observed in defibrinated blood and EDTA blood.
［例３］
［血液保持性の評価］
　血液改質剤を含むトップシートと、血液改質剤を含まないトップシートとにおける血液保持性を評価した。 [Example 3]
[Evaluation of blood retention]
The blood retention of the top sheet containing the blood modifying agent and the top sheet not containing the blood modifying agent was evaluated.
［試験方法］
（１）エアスルー不織布（ポリエステルおよびポリエチレンテレフタレートから成る複合繊維、坪量：３５ｇ／ｍ2）から形成されたトップシートの肌当接面に、トリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリドを、コントロールシームＨＭＡガンを用いて微粒化し、坪量がおおよそ５ｇ／ｍ2となるように塗布する。また、比較のため、トリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリドを塗布していないものも準備する。次いで、トリＣ２Ｌ油脂肪酸グリセリドが塗布されているトップシートと、塗布されていないトップシートとの両方を、０．２ｇの大きさにカットし、セルストレイナー＋トップシートの質量（ａ）を正確に測定する。 [Test method]
(1) Using a control seam HMA gun with tri-C2L oil fatty acid glyceride on the skin contact surface of the top sheet formed of air-through non-woven fabric (composite fiber consisting of polyester and polyethylene terephthalate, basis weight: 35 g / m 2 ) It is atomized and applied so that the basis weight is approximately 5 g / m 2 . Also, for comparison, those not coated with tri-C2L oil fatty acid glyceride are also prepared. Then, both the top sheet coated with avian C2L oil fatty acid glyceride and the top sheet not coated are cut to a size of 0.2 g, and the mass of the cell strainer + top sheet (a) is accurately determined taking measurement.
（２）ウマＥＤＴＡ血約２ｍＬを、肌当接面側から添加し、１分間静置する。
（３）セルストレイナーを、遠心管にセットし、スピンダウンして、余剰のウマＥＤＴＡ血を取り除く。
（４）セルストレイナー＋ウマＥＤＴＡ血を含むトップシートの重量（ｂ）を測定する。
（５）下式にしたがって、トップシート１ｇ当たりの当初吸収量（ｇ）を算出する。
　当初吸収量＝［重量（ｂ）－重量（ａ）］／０．２
（６）セルストレイナーを、遠心管に再セットし、室温下、約１２００Ｇで１分間遠心分離する。 (2) Add approximately 2 mL of horse EDTA blood from the skin contact side, and let it stand for 1 minute.
(3) Place a cell strainer in a centrifuge tube and spin down to remove excess equine EDTA blood.
(4) Measure the weight (b) of the top sheet containing Cell Trainer + Horse EDTA Blood.
(5) Calculate the initial absorption amount (g) per 1 g of top sheet according to the following formula.
Initial absorption amount = [weight (b)-weight (a)] / 0.2
(6) Re-set the cell strainer into a centrifuge tube and centrifuge at about 1200 G for 1 minute at room temperature.
（７）セルストレイナー＋ウマＥＤＴＡ血を含むトップシートの重量（ｃ）を測定する。
（８）下式にしたがって、トップシート１ｇ当たりの試験後吸収量（ｇ）を算出する。
　試験後吸収量＝［重量（ｃ）－重量（ａ）］／０．２
（９）下式にしたがって血液保持率（％）を算出した。
　血液保持率（％）＝１００×試験後吸収量／当初吸収量
　なお、測定は３回行い、その平均値を採用した。結果を、下記表４に示す。 (7) Measure the weight (c) of the top sheet containing Cell Trainer + Horse EDTA Blood.
(8) The absorbed amount after test (g) per 1 g of top sheet is calculated according to the following equation.
Absorption after test = [Weight (c)-Weight (a)] / 0.2
(9) The blood retention rate (%) was calculated according to the following equation.
Blood retention rate (%) = 100 × absorption after test / initial absorption The measurement was performed three times, and the average value was adopted. The results are shown in Table 4 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
　血液改質剤を含むトップシートは、血液保持性が低く、血液を吸収後、迅速に吸収体に移行させることができることが示唆される。 It is suggested that the top sheet containing the blood modifying agent has low blood retention and can be rapidly transferred to the absorber after absorbing blood.
［例４］
［血液改質剤を含む血液の粘性］
　血液改質剤を含む血液の粘性を、Ｒｈｅｏｍｅｔｒｉｃ　Ｅｘｐａｎｓｉｏｎ　Ｓｙｓｔｅｍ　ＡＲＥＳ（Ｒｈｅｏｍｅｔｒｉｃ　Ｓｃｉｅｎｔｉｆｉｃ，Ｉｎｃ）を用いて測定した。ウマ脱繊維血に、パナセート８１０ｓを２質量％添加し、軽く撹拌して試料を形成し、直径５０ｍｍのパラレルプレートに試料を載せ、ギャップを１００μｍとし、３７±０．５℃で粘度を測定した。パラレルプレートゆえ、試料に均一なせん断速度はかかっていないが、機器に表示された平均せん断速度は、１０ｓ-1であった。 [Example 4]
[Viscosity of blood containing blood modifying agent]
The viscosity of the blood containing the blood modifying agent was measured using Rheometric Expansion System ARES (Rheometric Scientific, Inc). 2% by weight of Panaceto 810s was added to equine defibrinated blood, the mixture was lightly stirred to form a sample, the sample was loaded on a parallel plate of 50 mm in diameter, the gap was made 100 μm, and the viscosity was measured at 37 ± 0.5 ° C. . Because of the parallel plate, the sample was not subjected to a uniform shear rate, but the average shear rate displayed on the instrument was 10 s −1 .
　パナセート８１０ｓを２質量％含むウマ脱繊維血の粘度は、５．９ｍＰａ・ｓであり、一方、血液改質剤を含まないウマ脱繊維血の粘度は、５０．４ｍＰａ・ｓであった。したがって、パナセート８１０ｓを２質量％含むウマ脱繊維血は、血液改質剤を含まない場合と比較して、約９０％粘度を下げることが分かる。血液は、血球等の成分を含み、チキソトロピーの性質を有することが知られているが、本開示の血液改質剤は、低粘度域で、血液の粘度を下げることができると考えられる。血液の粘度を下げることにより、吸収した経血を、トップシートから吸収体に速やかに移行させることができると考えられる。 The viscosity of horse-defibrillated blood containing 2% by mass of Panaceto 810s was 5.9 mPa · s, while the viscosity of horse-defibrillated blood containing no blood modifying agent was 50.4 mPa · s. Thus, it can be seen that equine defibrinated blood containing 2% by weight of Panaceto 810s reduces the viscosity by about 90% as compared to the case without blood modifying agent. Although blood contains components such as blood cells and is known to have thixotropy properties, it is considered that the blood modifying agent of the present disclosure can lower the viscosity of blood in a low viscosity region. By reducing the viscosity of blood, it is thought that absorbed menstrual blood can be rapidly transferred from the top sheet to the absorber.
［例５］
［血液改質剤を含む血液の顕微鏡写真］
　健常ボランティアの経血をサランラップ（商標）上に採取し、その一部に、１０倍の質量のリン酸緩衝生理食塩水中に分散されたパナセート８１０ｓを、パナセート８１０ｓの濃度が１質量％となるように添加した。経血を、スライドグラスに適下し、カバーグラスをかけ、光学顕微鏡にて、赤血球の状態を観察した。血液改質剤を含まない経血の顕微鏡写真を図１５（ａ）に、そしてパナセート８１０ｓを含む経血の顕微鏡写真を図１５（ｂ）に示す。 [Example 5]
[Micrograph of blood containing blood modifier]
A healthy volunteer's menstrual blood is collected on Saran wrap (trademark), and a portion of it is Panaseto 810s dispersed in 10 times mass phosphate buffered saline, and the concentration of Panaceto 810s is 1% by mass. Added to The menstrual blood was applied to a slide glass, covered with a cover glass, and the condition of red blood cells was observed with a light microscope. A photomicrograph of menstrual blood containing no blood modifying agent is shown in FIG. 15 (a), and a photomicrograph of menstrual blood containing PANACET 810s is shown in FIG. 15 (b).
　図１５から、血液改質剤を含まない経血では、赤血球が連銭等の集合塊を形成しているが、パナセート８１０ｓを含む経血では、赤血球が、それぞれ、安定に分散していることが分かる。したがって、血液改質剤は、血液の中で、赤血球を安定化させる働きをしていることが示唆される。 From FIG. 15, in menstrual blood containing no blood modifying agent, red blood cells form a lump of rhomsen, etc., but in menstrual blood containing PANACET 810s, each red blood cell is stably dispersed. I understand. Therefore, it is suggested that the blood modifying agent works to stabilize red blood cells in the blood.
［例６］
［血液改質剤を含む血液の表面張力］
　血液改質剤を含む血液の表面張力を、協和界面科学社製接触角計　Ｄｒｏｐ　Ｍａｓｔｅｒ５００を用い、ペンダントドロップ法にて測定した。表面張力は、ヒツジ脱繊維血に、所定の量の血液改質剤を添加し、十分振とうした後に測定した。測定は、機器が自動で行うが、密度γは、以下の式により求められる（図１６を参照）。 [Example 6]
[Surface tension of blood containing blood modifier]
The surface tension of blood containing a blood modifying agent was measured by a pendant drop method using a contact angle meter Drop Master 500 manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd. The surface tension was measured after adding a predetermined amount of blood modifying agent to sheep defibrinated blood and shaking sufficiently. The measurement is automatically performed by the device, but the density γ is obtained by the following equation (see FIG. 16).
　γ＝ｇ×ρ×（ｄｅ）2×１／Ｈ
　ｇ：重力定数
　１／Ｈ：ｄｓ／ｄｅから求められる補正項
　ρ：密度
　ｄｅ：最大直径
　ｄｓ：滴下端よりｄｅだけ上がった位置での径 γ = g × ρ × (de) 2 × 1 / H
g: Gravitational constant 1 / H: correction term obtained from ds / de ρ: density de: maximum diameter ds: diameter at a position de up from the dropping end
　密度ρは、ＪＩＳ　Ｋ　２２４９－１９９５の「密度試験方法および密度・質量・容量換算表」の５．振動式密度試験方法に準拠し、下記表５に示される温度で測定した。測定には、京都電子工業株式会社のＤＡ－５０５を用いた。結果を、表５に示す。 The density ρ is the density test method and density / mass / volume conversion table in JIS K 2249-1995, 5. It was measured at the temperature shown in Table 5 below according to the vibrational density test method. For measurement, DA-505 of Kyoto Electronics Industries Ltd. was used. The results are shown in Table 5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
　表５から、血液改質剤は、２５℃の水１００ｇに対する、約０．００～約０．０５ｇの水溶解度を有することからも明らかなように、水への溶解性が非常に低いが、血液の表面張力を下げることができることが分かる。血液の表面張力を下げることにより、吸収した血液をトップシートの繊維間に保持せず、速やかに吸収体に移行させることができると考えられる。 From Table 5, it is apparent from the fact that the blood modifying agent has a water solubility of about 0.00 to about 0.05 g per 100 g of water at 25 ° C., but its solubility in water is very low. It can be seen that the surface tension of the blood can be reduced. By lowering the surface tension of the blood, it is considered that the absorbed blood can be rapidly transferred to the absorber without being held between the fibers of the top sheet.
　実施形態と変形例の一つ、もしくは複数を組み合わせることは可能である。変形例同士を組み合わせることも可能である。 It is possible to combine one or more of the embodiment and the modification. It is also possible to combine the variations.
　以上の説明はあくまで一例であり、発明は、上記の実施形態に何ら限定されるものではない。 The above description is merely an example, and the invention is not limited to the above embodiment.
　１，１Ｄ，１Ｅ　　吸収性物品
　２，２Ａ～２Ｄ　　トップシート
　３　　バックシート
　４，４Ｄ　　吸収体
　５，５Ｅ　　サイドシート
　６　　ウイング部
　７　　粘着部
　８　　圧搾溝
　８Ｄ　　圧縮部
　９　　シール部
　１０　　本体部
　１６　　***口当接域
　１８　　血液改質剤塗布領域
　２１，２１Ａ～Ｃ，５１Ｅ　　突部
　２２，２２Ａ～２２Ｃ　　凹部
　２６Ａ，２６Ｃ　　開口部
　１２０　　ウェブ
　１２１　　突部
　１２２　　溝
　１３０　　網状支持部材
　１４０　　吹き出し部
　１５０　　吸引部
　１６０　　細長状部材 1, 1D, 1E Absorbent article 2, 2A to 2D top sheet 3 back sheet 4, 4 D absorber 5, 5 E side sheet 6 wing 7 adhesive section 8 compressed groove 8 D compression section 9 seal section 10 main body 16 discharge opening Contact area 18 blood modifier application area 21, 21A to C, 51E protrusion 22, 22A to 22C recess 26A, 26C opening 120 web 121 protrusion 122 groove 130 mesh support member 140 spout portion 150 suction portion 160 elongated member

Claims (14)

  1. 　長手方向および幅方向を有し、本体部と該本体部の両側縁から幅方向に延出した一対のウイング部とを含み、前記本体部は、肌側に設けられた液透過性の不織布のトップシート、着衣側に設けられた液不透過性のバックシートおよび該トップシートと該バックシートとの間に設けられた液保持性の吸収体を備えた吸収性物品であって、
    　前記トップシートは、肌側の面における少なくとも着用者の***口に当接する***口当接域に突部を備え、
    　前記トップシートは、少なくとも前記***口当接域に、所定の組成物が塗布された組成物塗布領域をさらに備える、吸収性物品。     A liquid-permeable nonwoven fabric having a longitudinal direction and a width direction, and a main body portion and a pair of wing portions extending in the width direction from both side edges of the main body portion, the main body portion being a liquid-permeable non-woven fabric provided on the skin side What is claimed is: 1. An absorbent article comprising a top sheet, a liquid-impermeable back sheet provided on the clothing side, and a liquid-retaining absorbent provided between the top sheet and the back sheet,
    The top sheet is provided with a protrusion in an excretory opening contact area in contact with at least the wearer's excretory opening in the skin side surface,
    The absorbent article, wherein the top sheet further comprises a composition application region in which a predetermined composition is applied at least in the discharge port contact region.
  2. 　前記突部は、所定の方向に延在し、該所定方向に交差する方向に並ぶ突部および凹部を含む、請求項１に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 1, wherein the protrusions include protrusions and recesses extending in a predetermined direction and aligned in a direction intersecting the predetermined direction.
  3. 　前記突部は、前記トップシートのウェブに気体を噴射することにより形成された、請求項２に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 2, wherein the projection is formed by injecting a gas onto the web of the top sheet.
  4. 　前記突部の中央部の繊維密度は、前記突部の側部の繊維密度および／または前記凹部の繊維密度よりも低い、請求項３に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 3, wherein the fiber density of the central portion of the protrusion is lower than the fiber density of the side of the protrusion and / or the fiber density of the recess.
  5. 　前記突部は、前記トップシートの不織布を折り曲げることにより形成された、請求項２に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to claim 2, wherein the protrusion is formed by bending the nonwoven fabric of the top sheet.
  6. 　前記トップシートの凹部は、開口部を有し、
    　前記開口部の側面の繊維密度は、前記突部の中央部の繊維密度よりも高い、請求項３～５のいずれか１項に記載の吸収性物品。     The recess in the top sheet has an opening,
    The absorbent article according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein the fiber density of the side surface of the opening is higher than the fiber density of the central portion of the protrusion.
  7. 　長手方向および幅方向を有し、本体部と該本体部の両側縁から幅方向に延出した一対のウイング部とを含み、前記本体部は、肌側に設けられた液透過性の不織布のトップシート、着衣側に設けられた液不透過性のバックシートおよび該トップシートと該バックシートとの間に設けられた液保持性の吸収体を備えた吸収性物品であって、
    　前記トップシートから前記吸収体の内部に至る、エンボス加工により形成された圧縮部を、肌側の面における少なくとも着用者の***口に当接する***口当接域に備え、
    　前記トップシートは、少なくとも前記***口当接域に、所定の組成物が塗布された組成物塗布領域を備える、吸収性物品。     A liquid-permeable nonwoven fabric having a longitudinal direction and a width direction, and a main body portion and a pair of wing portions extending in the width direction from both side edges of the main body portion, the main body portion being a liquid-permeable non-woven fabric provided on the skin side What is claimed is: 1. An absorbent article comprising a top sheet, a liquid-impermeable back sheet provided on the clothing side, and a liquid-retaining absorbent provided between the top sheet and the back sheet,
    The compression section formed by embossing, which extends from the top sheet to the inside of the absorber, is provided on at least the excretory opening contact area on the skin side surface that abuts the excretory opening of the wearer.
    The absorbent article, wherein the top sheet comprises a composition application region in which a predetermined composition is applied at least in the discharge port contact region.
  8. 　前記組成物塗布領域は、前記一対のウイング部の幅方向外側の縁がお互いに接するように前記一対のウイング部を幅方向内側に折り畳んだとき、前記一対のウイング部によって覆い隠される範囲内に設けられている、請求項１～７のいずれか１項に記載の吸収性物品。 The composition application region is within a range covered by the pair of wings when the pair of wings is folded inward in the width direction such that the outer edges in the width direction of the pair of wings contact each other. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which is provided.
  9. 　前記ウイング部は、肌側の面に突部を有する、請求項１～８のいずれか１項に記載の吸収性物品。 The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the wing has a protrusion on the skin-side surface.
  10. 　前記組成物は、０．００～０．６０のＩＯＢと、４５℃以下の融点と、２５℃の水１００ｇに対する、０．００～０．０５ｇの水溶解度とを有する血液改質剤である、請求項１～９のいずれか１項に記載の吸収性物品。 The composition is a blood modifying agent having an IOB of 0.00 to 0.60, a melting point of 45 ° C. or less, and an aqueous solubility of 0.00 to 0.05 g in 100 g of water at 25 ° C. The absorbent article according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11. 　前記血液改質剤が、次の（ｉ）～（ｉｉｉ）、
    　（ｉ）炭化水素、
    　（ｉｉ）　（ｉｉ－１）炭化水素部分と、（ｉｉ－２）前記炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、カルボニル基（－ＣＯ－）およびオキシ基（－Ｏ－）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる基とを有する化合物、および
    　（ｉｉｉ）　（ｉｉｉ－１）炭化水素部分と、（ｉｉｉ－２）前記炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、カルボニル基（－ＣＯ－）およびオキシ基（－Ｏ－）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる基と、（ｉｉｉ－３）前記炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、カルボキシル基（－ＣＯＯＨ）およびヒドロキシル基（－ＯＨ）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる基とを有する化合物、
    　ならびにそれらの任意の組み合わせから成る群から選択され、
    　ここで、（ｉｉ）または（ｉｉｉ）の化合物において、オキシ基が２つ以上挿入されている場合には、各オキシ基は隣接していない、請求項１０に記載の吸収性物品。     The blood modifying agent comprises the following (i) to (iii),
    (I) Hydrocarbons,
    (Ii) from a carbonyl group (-CO-) and an oxy group (-O-) inserted between (ii-1) a hydrocarbon moiety and (ii-2) a C-C single bond of the hydrocarbon moiety A compound having one or more same or different groups selected from the group consisting of: (iii) (iii-1) a hydrocarbon moiety, and (iii-2) a C—C single bond of said hydrocarbon moiety (Iii-3) one or more same or different groups selected from the group consisting of carbonyl group (—CO—) and oxy group (—O—) inserted between A compound having one or more and the same or different groups selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group (—COOH) and a hydroxyl group (—OH), which substitutes a hydrogen atom,
    And selected from the group consisting of any combination thereof,
    The absorbent article according to claim 10, wherein, in the compound (ii) or (iii), when two or more oxy groups are inserted, each oxy group is not adjacent.
  12. 　前記血液改質剤が、次の（ｉ’）～（ｉｉｉ’）、
    　（ｉ’）炭化水素、
    　（ｉｉ’）　（ｉｉ’－１）炭化水素部分と、（ｉｉ’－２）前記炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、カーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）、およびエーテル結合（－Ｏ－）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる結合とを有する化合物、および
    　（ｉｉｉ’）　（ｉｉｉ’－１）炭化水素部分と、（ｉｉｉ’－２）前記炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、カーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）、およびエーテル結合（－Ｏ－）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる結合と、（ｉｉｉ’－３）前記炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、カルボキシル基（－ＣＯＯＨ）およびヒドロキシル基（－ＯＨ）から成る群から選択される、一または複数の、同一または異なる基とを有する化合物、
    　ならびにそれらの任意の組み合わせから成る群から選択され、
    　ここで、（ｉｉ’）または（ｉｉｉ’）の化合物において、２以上の同一または異なる結合が挿入されている場合には、各結合は隣接していない、請求項１０または１１に記載の吸収性物品。     The blood modifying agent comprises the following (i ') to (iii'),
    (I ') hydrocarbons,
    (Ii ') (ii'-1) a hydrocarbon moiety, and (ii'-2) a carbonyl bond (-CO-), an ester bond (-COO) inserted between a C-C single bond of the hydrocarbon moiety -), A compound having one or more same or different bonds selected from the group consisting of carbonate bond (-OCOO-), and ether bond (-O-), and (iii ') (iii'-) 1) A carbonyl bond (-CO-), an ester bond (-COO-), a carbonate bond (-OCOO) inserted between a hydrocarbon moiety and (iii'-2) a C-C single bond of the hydrocarbon moiety A carboxyl group (-), and one or more, same or different bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond (-O-) and (iii'-3) a hydrogen atom of the hydrocarbon moiety -COOH Compounds having one or more same or different groups selected from the group consisting of) and hydroxyl groups (—OH),
    And selected from the group consisting of any combination thereof,
    Here, in the compound of (ii ′) or (iii ′), in the case where two or more identical or different bonds are inserted, each bond is not adjacent. Goods.
  13. 　前記血液改質剤が、次の（Ａ）～（Ｆ）、
    　（Ａ）　（Ａ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、前記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物と、（Ａ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、前記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のカルボキシル基とを有する化合物とのエステル、
    　（Ｂ）　（Ｂ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、前記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する２～４個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物と、（Ｂ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、前記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物とのエーテル、
    　（Ｃ）　（Ｃ１）鎖状炭化水素部分と、前記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する、２～４個のカルボキシル基とを含むカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、（Ｃ２）鎖状炭化水素部分と、前記鎖状炭化水素部分の水素原子を置換する１個のヒドロキシル基とを有する化合物とのエステル、
    　（Ｄ）鎖状炭化水素部分と、前記鎖状炭化水素部分のＣ－Ｃ単結合間に挿入された、エーテル結合（－Ｏ－）、カルボニル結合（－ＣＯ－）、エステル結合（－ＣＯＯ－）、およびカーボネート結合（－ＯＣＯＯ－）から成る群から選択されるいずれか１つの結合とを有する化合物、
    　（Ｅ）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール、またはそのアルキルエステルもしくはアルキルエーテル、および
    　（Ｆ）鎖状炭化水素、
    　ならびにそれらの任意の組み合わせから成る群から選択される、請求項１０～１２のいずれか１項に記載の吸収性物品。     The blood modifying agent comprises the following (A) to (F),
    (A) A compound having (A1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing hydrogen atoms of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (A2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the chain Ester with a compound having one carboxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety,
    (B) a compound having (B1) a chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 hydroxyl groups replacing hydrogen atoms of the chain hydrocarbon moiety, (B2) a chain hydrocarbon moiety, and the chain Ether with a compound having one hydroxyl group replacing the hydrogen atom of the cyclic hydrocarbon moiety,
    (C) a carboxylic acid, a hydroxy acid, an alkoxy acid or an oxo acid containing a (C1) chain hydrocarbon moiety and 2 to 4 carboxyl groups replacing the hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety; C2) an ester of a compound having a chain hydrocarbon moiety and one hydroxyl group replacing a hydrogen atom of the chain hydrocarbon moiety,
    (D) an ether bond (-O-), a carbonyl bond (-CO-), an ester bond (-COO-) inserted between a chain hydrocarbon moiety and a C-C single bond of the chain hydrocarbon moiety ), And a compound having any one bond selected from the group consisting of carbonate bonds (—OCOO—),
    (E) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol or its alkyl ester or alkyl ether, and (F) chain hydrocarbon
    The absorbent article according to any one of claims 10 to 12, selected from the group consisting of: and any combination thereof.
  14. 　前記血液改質剤が、（ａ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル、（ａ2）鎖状炭化水素トリオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル、（ａ3）鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル、（ｂ1）鎖状炭化水素テトラオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、（ｂ2）鎖状炭化水素トリオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、（ｂ3）鎖状炭化水素ジオールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、（ｃ1）４個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル、（ｃ2）３個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル、（ｃ3）２個のカルボキシル基を有する鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸、ヒドロキシ酸、アルコキシ酸またはオキソ酸と、少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル、（ｄ1）脂肪族１価アルコールと脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、（ｄ2）ジアルキルケトン、（ｄ3）脂肪酸と脂肪族１価アルコールとのエステル、（ｄ4）ジアルキルカーボネート、（ｅ1）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコール、（ｅ2）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪酸とのエステル、（ｅ3）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと少なくとも１の脂肪族１価アルコールとのエーテル、（ｅ4）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラカルボン酸、鎖状炭化水素トリカルボン酸、または鎖状炭化水素ジカルボン酸とのエステル、（ｅ5）ポリオキシＣ2～Ｃ6アルキレングリコールと、鎖状炭化水素テトラオール、鎖状炭化水素トリオール、または鎖状炭化水素ジオールとのエーテル、および（ｆ1）鎖状アルカン、ならびにそれらの任意の組み合わせから成る群から選択される、請求項１０～１３のいずれか１項に記載の吸収性物品。 The blood modifying agent is an ester of (a 1 ) chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one fatty acid, an ester of (a 2 ) chain hydrocarbon triol and at least one fatty acid, (a 3 ) chain An ester of a hydrocarbon diol and at least one fatty acid, an ether of (b 1 ) a chain hydrocarbon tetraol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, (b 2 ) a chain hydrocarbon triol and at least one aliphatic Ether with monohydric alcohol, Ether of (b 3 ) chain hydrocarbon diol and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, Chain hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid having (c 1 ) 4 carboxyl groups, hydroxy acid , alkoxy acid or oxo acid, at least one ester of an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, (c 2) a chain hydrocarbon birds with 3 carboxyl groups Carboxylic acid, hydroxy acids, esters of alkoxy acids or oxoacids, and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, (c 3) a chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acids having two carboxyl groups, hydroxy acid, alkoxy acid or oxo An ester of an acid and at least one aliphatic monohydric alcohol, (d 1 ) an ether of an aliphatic monohydric alcohol and an aliphatic monohydric alcohol, (d 2 ) a dialkyl ketone, (d 3 ) a fatty acid and an aliphatic 1 (E 4 ) dialkyl carbonate, (e 1 ) polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol, (e 2 ) ester of polyoxy C 2 -C 6 alkylene glycol with at least one fatty acid, (e 3 ) polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol and at least one aliphatic monohydric ether alcohols, (e 4 Polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol, a chain hydrocarbon tetracarboxylic acid, esters of chain hydrocarbon tricarboxylic acid or chain hydrocarbon dicarboxylic acid,, (e 5) polyoxy C 2 ~ C 6 alkylene glycol, 11. The composition according to claim 10, which is selected from the group consisting of linear hydrocarbon tetraols, linear hydrocarbon triols, or ethers with linear hydrocarbon diols, and (f 1 ) linear alkanes, and any combination thereof. The absorbent article of any one of 13.
PCT/JP2013/054369 2012-03-30 2013-02-21 Absorbent article WO2013145966A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201380028095.1A CN104334134B (en) 2012-03-30 2013-02-21 Absorbent commodity

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-082256 2012-03-30
JP2012082256A JP5925015B2 (en) 2012-03-30 2012-03-30 Absorbent articles

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013145966A1 true WO2013145966A1 (en) 2013-10-03

Family

ID=49259246

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/054369 WO2013145966A1 (en) 2012-03-30 2013-02-21 Absorbent article

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5925015B2 (en)
CN (1) CN104334134B (en)
AR (1) AR090521A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI577350B (en)
WO (1) WO2013145966A1 (en)

Cited By (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10858768B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2020-12-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US10888471B2 (en) 2016-12-15 2021-01-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US10934645B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-03-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11090197B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-08-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11149360B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2021-10-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Method for making a shaped nonwoven
US11160694B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-11-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Three-dimensional substrates and absorbent articles having the same
US11214893B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2022-01-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11401640B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2022-08-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Forming belt for shaped nonwoven
US11505884B2 (en) 2019-03-18 2022-11-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwovens that exhibit high visual resolution
US11547613B2 (en) 2017-12-05 2023-01-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Stretch laminate with beamed elastics and formed nonwoven layer
US11655563B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2023-05-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Apparatus for making nonwoven from continuous filaments
US11819393B2 (en) 2019-06-19 2023-11-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with function-formed topsheet, and method for manufacturing
US11826230B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2023-11-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Package of absorbent articles utilizing a shaped nonwoven
US11850128B2 (en) 2018-09-27 2023-12-26 The Procter And Gamble Company Garment-like absorbent articles
US11896466B2 (en) 2018-06-12 2024-02-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having shaped, soft and textured nonwoven fabrics
US11969325B2 (en) 2018-01-25 2024-04-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with function-formed topsheet, and method for manufacturing
US11998427B2 (en) 2019-09-19 2024-06-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Nonwoven webs with visually discernible patterns

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6045655B1 (en) * 2015-06-30 2016-12-14 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles
JP6414348B2 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-10-31 王子ホールディングス株式会社 Absorbent articles
JP7313320B2 (en) * 2020-08-25 2023-07-24 大王製紙株式会社 Individually packaged absorbent article

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007130178A (en) * 2005-11-09 2007-05-31 Kao Corp Three-dimensional sheet for absorptive article
JP2010526631A (en) * 2007-05-15 2010-08-05 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Absorbent article having colored lotion-containing sheet
JP2011030700A (en) * 2009-07-31 2011-02-17 Daio Paper Corp Absorptive article
JP2011067484A (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-07 Kao Corp Absorbent article
JP2011072650A (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-14 Daio Paper Corp Absorptive article
JP2011080178A (en) * 2009-10-09 2011-04-21 Unicharm Corp Nonwoven fabric

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7005557B2 (en) * 2001-07-03 2006-02-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Film-forming compositions for protecting skin from body fluids and articles made therefrom
JP4451029B2 (en) * 2001-07-25 2010-04-14 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Disposable body fluid absorbent article
US20030082219A1 (en) * 2001-10-01 2003-05-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Skin care compositions comprising low concentrations of skin treatment agents
JP2003192563A (en) * 2001-12-26 2003-07-09 Lion Corp Composition for impregnating use, and impregnated material for skin protection
CA2570686C (en) * 2004-06-21 2010-07-27 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with lotion-containing topsheet
JP4799012B2 (en) * 2005-03-10 2011-10-19 株式会社 資生堂 Oily solid cosmetics
JP2006233405A (en) * 2005-08-16 2006-09-07 Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corp Fiber treatment agent
JP4980685B2 (en) * 2006-09-29 2012-07-18 大王製紙株式会社 Absorbent articles
JP4812614B2 (en) * 2006-12-27 2011-11-09 花王株式会社 Absorbent articles
US20090030391A1 (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-01-29 John Lee Hammons Absorbent article
JP5268416B2 (en) * 2008-05-01 2013-08-21 大王製紙株式会社 Method for manufacturing absorbent article
JP6092508B2 (en) * 2011-09-30 2017-03-08 ユニ・チャーム株式会社 Absorbent articles

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007130178A (en) * 2005-11-09 2007-05-31 Kao Corp Three-dimensional sheet for absorptive article
JP2010526631A (en) * 2007-05-15 2010-08-05 ザ プロクター アンド ギャンブル カンパニー Absorbent article having colored lotion-containing sheet
JP2011030700A (en) * 2009-07-31 2011-02-17 Daio Paper Corp Absorptive article
JP2011067484A (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-07 Kao Corp Absorbent article
JP2011072650A (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-04-14 Daio Paper Corp Absorptive article
JP2011080178A (en) * 2009-10-09 2011-04-21 Unicharm Corp Nonwoven fabric

Cited By (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11401640B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2022-08-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Forming belt for shaped nonwoven
US11925541B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2024-03-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Package of absorbent articles utilizing a shaped nonwoven
US11826230B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2023-11-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Package of absorbent articles utilizing a shaped nonwoven
US10858768B2 (en) 2015-07-31 2020-12-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11655563B2 (en) 2016-04-29 2023-05-23 The Procter & Gamble Company Apparatus for making nonwoven from continuous filaments
US10888471B2 (en) 2016-12-15 2021-01-12 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11730638B2 (en) 2016-12-15 2023-08-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11666488B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2023-06-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US10934645B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-03-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11992393B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2024-05-28 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11427943B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2022-08-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11987917B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2024-05-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11324641B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2022-05-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11872112B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2024-01-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11160694B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-11-02 The Procter & Gamble Company Three-dimensional substrates and absorbent articles having the same
US11661689B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2023-05-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US10968552B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-04-06 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11090197B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2021-08-17 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11773521B2 (en) 2017-01-31 2023-10-03 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11939701B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2024-03-26 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11214893B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2022-01-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11149360B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2021-10-19 The Procter & Gamble Company Method for making a shaped nonwoven
US11746441B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2023-09-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Method for making a shaped nonwoven
US11634838B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2023-04-25 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwoven
US11547613B2 (en) 2017-12-05 2023-01-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Stretch laminate with beamed elastics and formed nonwoven layer
US11969325B2 (en) 2018-01-25 2024-04-30 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with function-formed topsheet, and method for manufacturing
US11896466B2 (en) 2018-06-12 2024-02-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent articles having shaped, soft and textured nonwoven fabrics
US11850128B2 (en) 2018-09-27 2023-12-26 The Procter And Gamble Company Garment-like absorbent articles
US11918442B2 (en) 2018-09-27 2024-03-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Garment-like absorbent articles
US11505884B2 (en) 2019-03-18 2022-11-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Shaped nonwovens that exhibit high visual resolution
US11819393B2 (en) 2019-06-19 2023-11-21 The Procter & Gamble Company Absorbent article with function-formed topsheet, and method for manufacturing
US11998427B2 (en) 2019-09-19 2024-06-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Nonwoven webs with visually discernible patterns
US11999150B2 (en) 2020-04-29 2024-06-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Nonwoven webs with one or more repeat units

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104334134B (en) 2016-05-11
TWI577350B (en) 2017-04-11
JP5925015B2 (en) 2016-05-25
AR090521A1 (en) 2014-11-19
JP2013208384A (en) 2013-10-10
TW201402082A (en) 2014-01-16
CN104334134A (en) 2015-02-04

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2013145966A1 (en) Absorbent article
JP5713951B2 (en) Absorbent articles
TWI551273B (en) Absorbent items
JP5847055B2 (en) Absorbent articles
WO2013129327A1 (en) Absorbent article
WO2014050595A1 (en) Absorbent article
JP5843740B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6037606B2 (en) Absorbent article, top sheet of absorbent article, and method for producing the top sheet
JP5963639B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP5916327B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP5709788B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6041473B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP5769655B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP5762346B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP6041472B2 (en) Absorbent article, top sheet of absorbent article, and method for producing the top sheet
JP5709789B2 (en) Absorbent articles
JP5713950B2 (en) Absorbent articles
WO2014050412A1 (en) Absorbent article
WO2013129326A1 (en) Absorbent article
JP2013208410A (en) Absorbent article
WO2013129325A1 (en) Absorbent article

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201380028095.1

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13770086

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13770086

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1